• Home
  • Line#
  • Scopes#
  • Navigate#
  • Raw
  • Download
1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6  *
7  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
10  * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
11  */
12 
13 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 #include <linux/list.h>
16 #include <linux/bug.h>
17 #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 #include <linux/net.h>
23 #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 
25 /**
26  * DOC: Introduction
27  *
28  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34  *
35  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36  * use restrictions.
37  */
38 
39 
40 /**
41  * DOC: Device registration
42  *
43  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45  * described below.
46  *
47  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56  *
57  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60  */
61 
62 struct wiphy;
63 
64 /*
65  * wireless hardware capability structures
66  */
67 
68 /**
69  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70  *
71  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72  *
73  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75  * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78  * 	is not permitted.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80  * 	is not permitted.
81  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86  *	restrictions.
87  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91  *	restrictions.
92  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95  *	on this channel.
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97  *	on this channel.
98  *
99  */
100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
101 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
102 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
103 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
104 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
106 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
114 };
115 
116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
117 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
118 
119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
121 
122 /**
123  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
124  *
125  * This structure describes a single channel for use
126  * with cfg80211.
127  *
128  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
129  * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
130  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
131  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
132  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
133  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
134  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
135  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
136  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
137  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
138  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
139  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
140  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
141  * @orig_mag: internal use
142  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
143  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
144  *	on this channel.
145  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
146  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
147  */
148 struct ieee80211_channel {
149 	enum nl80211_band band;
150 	u32 center_freq;
151 	u16 freq_offset;
152 	u16 hw_value;
153 	u32 flags;
154 	int max_antenna_gain;
155 	int max_power;
156 	int max_reg_power;
157 	bool beacon_found;
158 	u32 orig_flags;
159 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
160 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
161 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
162 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
163 };
164 
165 /**
166  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
167  *
168  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
169  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
170  * different bands/PHY modes.
171  *
172  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
173  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
174  *	with CCK rates.
175  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
176  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
177  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
178  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
179  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
180  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
181  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
182  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
183  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
184  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
185  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
186  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
187  */
188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
189 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
194 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
195 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
196 };
197 
198 /**
199  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
200  *
201  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
204  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
205  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
206  */
207 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
208 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
211 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
212 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
213 };
214 
215 /**
216  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
217  *
218  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
219  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
220  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
221  */
222 enum ieee80211_privacy {
223 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
224 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
225 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
226 };
227 
228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
229 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
230 
231 /**
232  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
233  *
234  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
235  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
236  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
237  * passed around.
238  *
239  * @flags: rate-specific flags
240  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
241  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
242  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
243  *	short preamble is used
244  */
245 struct ieee80211_rate {
246 	u32 flags;
247 	u16 bitrate;
248 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
249 };
250 
251 /**
252  * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
253  *
254  * @enable: is the feature enabled.
255  * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
256  * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
257  */
258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
259 	bool enable;
260 	u8 min_offset;
261 	u8 max_offset;
262 };
263 
264 /**
265  * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
266  *
267  * @color: the current color.
268  * @disabled: is the feature disabled.
269  * @partial: define the AID equation.
270  */
271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
272 	u8 color;
273 	bool disabled;
274 	bool partial;
275 };
276 
277 /**
278  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
279  *
280  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
281  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
282  *
283  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
284  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
285  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
286  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
287  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
288  */
289 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
290 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
291 	bool ht_supported;
292 	u8 ampdu_factor;
293 	u8 ampdu_density;
294 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
295 };
296 
297 /**
298  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
299  *
300  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
301  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
302  *
303  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
304  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
305  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
306  */
307 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
308 	bool vht_supported;
309 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
310 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
311 };
312 
313 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
314 
315 /**
316  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
317  *
318  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
319  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
320  *
321  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
322  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
323  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
324  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
325  */
326 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
327 	bool has_he;
328 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
329 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
330 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
331 };
332 
333 /**
334  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
335  *
336  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
337  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
338  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
339  *
340  * @types_mask: interface types mask
341  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
342  * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
343  *	6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
344  */
345 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
346 	u16 types_mask;
347 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
348 	struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
349 };
350 
351 /**
352  * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
353  *
354  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
355  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
356  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
357  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
358  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
359  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
360  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
361  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
362  *	2.16GHz+2.16GHz
363  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
364  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
365  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
366  *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
367  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
368  *	and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
369  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
370  *	2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
371  */
372 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
373 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4	= 4,
374 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5	= 5,
375 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6	= 6,
376 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7	= 7,
377 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8	= 8,
378 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9	= 9,
379 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10	= 10,
380 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11	= 11,
381 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12	= 12,
382 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13	= 13,
383 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14	= 14,
384 	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15	= 15,
385 };
386 
387 /**
388  * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
389  *
390  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
391  * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
392  *
393  * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
394  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
395  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
396  *	Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
397  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
398  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
399  */
400 struct ieee80211_edmg {
401 	u8 channels;
402 	enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
403 };
404 
405 /**
406  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
407  *
408  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
409  * is able to operate in.
410  *
411  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
412  *	in this band.
413  * @band: the band this structure represents
414  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
415  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
416  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
417  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
418  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
419  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
420  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
421  * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
422  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
423  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
424  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
425  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
426  *	iftype_data).
427  */
428 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
429 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
430 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
431 	enum nl80211_band band;
432 	int n_channels;
433 	int n_bitrates;
434 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
435 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
436 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
437 	u16 n_iftype_data;
438 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
439 };
440 
441 /**
442  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
443  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
444  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
445  *
446  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
447  */
448 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,u8 iftype)449 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
450 				u8 iftype)
451 {
452 	int i;
453 
454 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
455 		return NULL;
456 
457 	if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
458 		iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
459 
460 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
461 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
462 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
463 
464 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
465 			return data;
466 	}
467 
468 	return NULL;
469 }
470 
471 /**
472  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
473  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
474  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
475  *
476  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
477  */
478 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,u8 iftype)479 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
480 			    u8 iftype)
481 {
482 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
483 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
484 
485 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
486 		return &data->he_cap;
487 
488 	return NULL;
489 }
490 
491 /**
492  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
493  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
494  *
495  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
496  */
497 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband)498 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
499 {
500 	return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
501 }
502 
503 /**
504  * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
505  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
506  * @iftype: the iftype to search for
507  *
508  * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
509  */
510 static inline __le16
ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band * sband,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)511 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
512 			   enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
513 {
514 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
515 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
516 
517 	if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
518 		return 0;
519 
520 	return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
521 }
522 
523 /**
524  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
525  *
526  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
527  *
528  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
529  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
530  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
531  *
532  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
533  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
534  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
535  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
536  * without affecting other devices.
537  *
538  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
539  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
540  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
541  */
542 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
543 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
544 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy * wiphy)545 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
546 {
547 }
548 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
549 
550 
551 /*
552  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
553  */
554 
555 /**
556  * DOC: Actions and configuration
557  *
558  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
559  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
560  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
561  * operations use are described separately.
562  *
563  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
564  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
565  *
566  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
567  * in a separate chapter.
568  */
569 
570 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
571 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
572 
573 /**
574  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
575  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
576  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
577  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
578  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
579  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
580  *	determine the address as needed.
581  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
582  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
583  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
584  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
585  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
586  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
587  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
588  */
589 struct vif_params {
590 	u32 flags;
591 	int use_4addr;
592 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
593 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
594 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
595 };
596 
597 /**
598  * struct key_params - key information
599  *
600  * Information about a key
601  *
602  * @key: key material
603  * @key_len: length of key material
604  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
605  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
606  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
607  *	length given by @seq_len.
608  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
609  * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
610  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
611  */
612 struct key_params {
613 	const u8 *key;
614 	const u8 *seq;
615 	int key_len;
616 	int seq_len;
617 	u16 vlan_id;
618 	u32 cipher;
619 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
620 };
621 
622 /**
623  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
624  * @chan: the (control) channel
625  * @width: channel width
626  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
627  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
628  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
629  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
630  *	If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
631  *	chan will define the primary channel and all other
632  *	parameters are ignored.
633  * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
634  */
635 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
636 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
637 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
638 	u32 center_freq1;
639 	u32 center_freq2;
640 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
641 	u16 freq1_offset;
642 };
643 
644 /**
645  * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
646  * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
647  *	of the peer.
648  * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
649  * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
650  *	similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
651  * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
652  */
653 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
654 	bool config_override;
655 	u8 tids;
656 	u32 mask;
657 	enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
658 };
659 
660 /**
661  * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
662  * @peer: Station's MAC address
663  * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
664  * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
665  */
666 struct cfg80211_tid_config {
667 	const u8 *peer;
668 	u32 n_tid_conf;
669 	struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
670 };
671 
672 /**
673  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
674  * @chandef: the channel definition
675  *
676  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
677  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
678  */
679 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)680 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
681 {
682 	switch (chandef->width) {
683 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
684 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
685 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
686 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
687 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
688 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
689 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
690 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
691 	default:
692 		WARN_ON(1);
693 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
694 	}
695 }
696 
697 /**
698  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
699  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
700  * @channel: the control channel
701  * @chantype: the channel type
702  *
703  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
704  */
705 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
706 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
707 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
708 
709 /**
710  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
711  * @chandef1: first channel definition
712  * @chandef2: second channel definition
713  *
714  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
715  * identical, %false otherwise.
716  */
717 static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef1,const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef2)718 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
719 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
720 {
721 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
722 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
723 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
724 		chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
725 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
726 }
727 
728 /**
729  * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
730  *
731  * @chandef: the channel definition
732  *
733  * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
734  */
735 static inline bool
cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)736 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
737 {
738 	return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
739 }
740 
741 /**
742  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
743  * @chandef1: first channel definition
744  * @chandef2: second channel definition
745  *
746  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
747  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
748  */
749 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
750 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
751 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
752 
753 /**
754  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
755  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
756  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
757  */
758 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
759 
760 /**
761  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
762  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
763  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
764  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
765  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
766  */
767 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
768 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
769 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
770 
771 /**
772  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
773  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
774  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
775  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
776  * Returns:
777  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
778  */
779 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
780 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
781 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
782 
783 /**
784  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
785  *
786  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
787  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
788  *
789  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
790  *
791  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
792  */
793 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)794 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
795 {
796 	switch (chandef->width) {
797 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
798 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
799 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
800 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
801 	default:
802 		break;
803 	}
804 	return 0;
805 }
806 
807 /**
808  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
809  *
810  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
811  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
812  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
813  *
814  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
815  *
816  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
817  */
818 static inline int
ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)819 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
820 {
821 	switch (chandef->width) {
822 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
823 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
824 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
825 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
826 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
827 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
828 	default:
829 		break;
830 	}
831 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
832 }
833 
834 /**
835  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
836  *
837  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
838  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
839  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
840  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
841  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
842  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
843  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
844  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
845  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
846  *
847  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
848  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
849  */
850 enum survey_info_flags {
851 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
852 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
853 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
854 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
855 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
856 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
857 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
858 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
859 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX		= BIT(8),
860 };
861 
862 /**
863  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
864  *
865  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
866  *	record to report global statistics
867  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
868  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
869  *	optional
870  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
871  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
872  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
873  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
874  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
875  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
876  * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
877  *
878  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
879  *
880  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
881  * channel duty cycle etc.
882  */
883 struct survey_info {
884 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
885 	u64 time;
886 	u64 time_busy;
887 	u64 time_ext_busy;
888 	u64 time_rx;
889 	u64 time_tx;
890 	u64 time_scan;
891 	u64 time_bss_rx;
892 	u32 filled;
893 	s8 noise;
894 };
895 
896 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
897 
898 /**
899  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
900  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
901  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
902  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
903  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
904  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
905  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
906  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
907  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
908  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
909  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
910  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
911  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
912  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
913  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
914  *	protocol frames.
915  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
916  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
917  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
918  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
919  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
920  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
921  * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
922  *	offload)
923  * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
924  */
925 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
926 	u32 wpa_versions;
927 	u32 cipher_group;
928 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
929 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
930 	int n_akm_suites;
931 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
932 	bool control_port;
933 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
934 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
935 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
936 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
937 	int wep_tx_key;
938 	const u8 *psk;
939 	const u8 *sae_pwd;
940 	u8 sae_pwd_len;
941 };
942 
943 /**
944  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
945  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
946  *	or %NULL if not changed
947  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
948  *	or %NULL if not changed
949  * @head_len: length of @head
950  * @tail_len: length of @tail
951  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
952  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
953  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
954  *	frames or %NULL
955  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
956  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
957  *	Response frames or %NULL
958  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
959  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
960  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
961  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
962  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
963  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
964  *	(measurement type 8)
965  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
966  *	Token (measurement type 11)
967  * @lci_len: LCI data length
968  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
969  */
970 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
971 	const u8 *head, *tail;
972 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
973 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
974 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
975 	const u8 *probe_resp;
976 	const u8 *lci;
977 	const u8 *civicloc;
978 	s8 ftm_responder;
979 
980 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
981 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
982 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
983 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
984 	size_t probe_resp_len;
985 	size_t lci_len;
986 	size_t civicloc_len;
987 };
988 
989 struct mac_address {
990 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
991 };
992 
993 /**
994  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
995  *
996  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
997  *	entry specified by mac_addr
998  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
999  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1000  */
1001 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
1002 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
1003 	int n_acl_entries;
1004 
1005 	/* Keep it last */
1006 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
1007 };
1008 
1009 /*
1010  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
1011  */
1012 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
1013 	struct {
1014 		u32 legacy;
1015 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
1016 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
1017 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
1018 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1019 };
1020 
1021 /**
1022  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1023  *
1024  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1025  *
1026  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1027  */
1028 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
1029 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
1030 };
1031 
1032 /**
1033  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1034  *
1035  * Used to configure an AP interface.
1036  *
1037  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1038  * @beacon: beacon data
1039  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1040  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1041  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1042  *	user space)
1043  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1044  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1045  * @crypto: crypto settings
1046  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1047  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1048  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1049  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1050  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1051  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1052  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1053  *	MAC address based access control
1054  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1055  *	networks.
1056  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1057  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1058  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1059  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1060  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1061  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1062  * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1063  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1064  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1065  * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1066  */
1067 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
1068 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1069 
1070 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
1071 
1072 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
1073 	const u8 *ssid;
1074 	size_t ssid_len;
1075 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1076 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1077 	bool privacy;
1078 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1079 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1080 	int inactivity_timeout;
1081 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1082 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
1083 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1084 	bool pbss;
1085 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1086 
1087 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1088 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1089 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1090 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
1091 	bool twt_responder;
1092 	u32 flags;
1093 	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1094 	struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
1095 };
1096 
1097 /**
1098  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1099  *
1100  * Used for channel switch
1101  *
1102  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1103  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1104  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1105  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1106  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1107  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1108  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1109  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1110  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1111  * @count: number of beacons until switch
1112  */
1113 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1114 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1115 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1116 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1117 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1118 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1119 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1120 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1121 	bool radar_required;
1122 	bool block_tx;
1123 	u8 count;
1124 };
1125 
1126 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1127 
1128 /**
1129  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1130  *
1131  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1132  *
1133  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1134  *	to use for verification
1135  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1136  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1137  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1138  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1139  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1140  *	nl80211_iftype.
1141  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1142  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1143  *	the verification
1144  */
1145 struct iface_combination_params {
1146 	int num_different_channels;
1147 	u8 radar_detect;
1148 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1149 	u32 new_beacon_int;
1150 };
1151 
1152 /**
1153  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1154  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1155  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1156  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1157  *
1158  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1159  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1160  */
1161 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1162 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1163 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1164 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1165 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1166 };
1167 
1168 /**
1169  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1170  *
1171  * Used to configure txpower for station.
1172  *
1173  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1174  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1175  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1176  *	power per-interface or per-station.
1177  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1178  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1179  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1180  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1181  *	per peer TPC.
1182  */
1183 struct sta_txpwr {
1184 	s16 power;
1185 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1186 };
1187 
1188 /**
1189  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1190  *
1191  * Used to change and create a new station.
1192  *
1193  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1194  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1195  *	(or NULL for no change)
1196  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1197  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1198  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1199  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1200  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1201  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1202  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1203  * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1204  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1205  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1206  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1207  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1208  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1209  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1210  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1211  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1212  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1213  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1214  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1215  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1216  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1217  *	to unknown)
1218  * @capability: station capability
1219  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1220  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1221  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1222  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1223  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1224  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1225  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1226  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1227  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1228  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1229  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1230  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1231  * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1232  */
1233 struct station_parameters {
1234 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1235 	struct net_device *vlan;
1236 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1237 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1238 	int listen_interval;
1239 	u16 aid;
1240 	u16 vlan_id;
1241 	u16 peer_aid;
1242 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1243 	u8 plink_action;
1244 	u8 plink_state;
1245 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1246 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1247 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1248 	u8 max_sp;
1249 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1250 	u16 capability;
1251 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1252 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1253 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1254 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1255 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1256 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1257 	u8 opmode_notif;
1258 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1259 	int support_p2p_ps;
1260 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1261 	u8 he_capa_len;
1262 	u16 airtime_weight;
1263 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1264 	const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
1265 };
1266 
1267 /**
1268  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1269  *
1270  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1271  *
1272  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1273  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1274  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1275  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1276  */
1277 struct station_del_parameters {
1278 	const u8 *mac;
1279 	u8 subtype;
1280 	u16 reason_code;
1281 };
1282 
1283 /**
1284  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1285  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1286  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1287  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1288  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1289  *	the AP MLME in the device
1290  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1291  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1292  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1293  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1294  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1295  *	supported/used)
1296  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1297  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1298  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1299  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1300  */
1301 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1302 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1303 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1304 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1305 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1306 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1307 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1308 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1309 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1310 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1311 };
1312 
1313 /**
1314  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1315  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1316  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1317  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1318  *
1319  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1320  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1321  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1322  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1323  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1324  */
1325 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1326 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1327 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1328 
1329 /**
1330  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1331  *
1332  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1333  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1334  *
1335  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1336  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1337  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1338  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1339  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1340  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1341  */
1342 enum rate_info_flags {
1343 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1344 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1345 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1346 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG			= BIT(3),
1347 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1348 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG			= BIT(5),
1349 };
1350 
1351 /**
1352  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1353  *
1354  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1355  *
1356  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1357  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1358  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1359  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1360  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1361  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1362  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1363  */
1364 enum rate_info_bw {
1365 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1366 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1367 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1368 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1369 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1370 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1371 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1372 };
1373 
1374 /**
1375  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1376  *
1377  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1378  *
1379  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1380  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1381  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1382  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1383  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1384  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1385  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1386  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1387  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1388  * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1389  */
1390 struct rate_info {
1391 	u8 flags;
1392 	u8 mcs;
1393 	u16 legacy;
1394 	u8 nss;
1395 	u8 bw;
1396 	u8 he_gi;
1397 	u8 he_dcm;
1398 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1399 	u8 n_bonded_ch;
1400 };
1401 
1402 /**
1403  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1404  *
1405  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1406  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1407  *
1408  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1409  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1410  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1411  */
1412 enum bss_param_flags {
1413 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1414 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1415 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1416 };
1417 
1418 /**
1419  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1420  *
1421  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1422  *
1423  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1424  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1425  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1426  */
1427 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1428 	u8 flags;
1429 	u8 dtim_period;
1430 	u16 beacon_interval;
1431 };
1432 
1433 /**
1434  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1435  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1436  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1437  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1438  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1439  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1440  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1441  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1442  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1443  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1444  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1445  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1446  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1447  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1448  */
1449 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1450 	u32 filled;
1451 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1452 	u32 backlog_packets;
1453 	u32 flows;
1454 	u32 drops;
1455 	u32 ecn_marks;
1456 	u32 overlimit;
1457 	u32 overmemory;
1458 	u32 collisions;
1459 	u32 tx_bytes;
1460 	u32 tx_packets;
1461 	u32 max_flows;
1462 };
1463 
1464 /**
1465  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1466  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1467  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1468  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1469  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1470  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1471  *	transmitted MSDUs
1472  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1473  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1474  */
1475 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1476 	u32 filled;
1477 	u64 rx_msdu;
1478 	u64 tx_msdu;
1479 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1480 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1481 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1482 };
1483 
1484 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1485 
1486 /**
1487  * struct station_info - station information
1488  *
1489  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1490  *
1491  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1492  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1493  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1494  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1495  * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1496  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1497  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1498  * @llid: mesh local link id
1499  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1500  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1501  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1502  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1503  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1504  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1505  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1506  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1507  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1508  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1509  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1510  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1511  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1512  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1513  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1514  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1515  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1516  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1517  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1518  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1519  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1520  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1521  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1522  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1523  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1524  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1525  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1526  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1527  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1528  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1529  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1530  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1531  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1532  *	towards this station.
1533  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1534  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1535  *	from this peer
1536  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1537  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1538  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1539  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1540  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1541  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1542  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1543  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1544  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1545  *	been sent.
1546  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1547  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1548  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1549  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1550  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1551  */
1552 struct station_info {
1553 	u64 filled;
1554 	u32 connected_time;
1555 	u32 inactive_time;
1556 	u64 assoc_at;
1557 	u64 rx_bytes;
1558 	u64 tx_bytes;
1559 	u16 llid;
1560 	u16 plid;
1561 	u8 plink_state;
1562 	s8 signal;
1563 	s8 signal_avg;
1564 
1565 	u8 chains;
1566 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1567 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1568 
1569 	struct rate_info txrate;
1570 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1571 	u32 rx_packets;
1572 	u32 tx_packets;
1573 	u32 tx_retries;
1574 	u32 tx_failed;
1575 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1576 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1577 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1578 
1579 	int generation;
1580 
1581 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1582 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1583 
1584 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1585 	s64 t_offset;
1586 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1587 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1588 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1589 
1590 	u32 expected_throughput;
1591 
1592 	u64 tx_duration;
1593 	u64 rx_duration;
1594 	u64 rx_beacon;
1595 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1596 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1597 
1598 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1599 	s8 ack_signal;
1600 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1601 
1602 	u16 airtime_weight;
1603 
1604 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1605 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1606 
1607 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1608 };
1609 
1610 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1611 /**
1612  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1613  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1614  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1615  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1616  *
1617  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1618  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1619  * considered undefined.
1620  */
1621 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1622 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1623 #else
cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * mac_addr,struct station_info * sinfo)1624 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1625 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1626 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1627 {
1628 	return -ENOENT;
1629 }
1630 #endif
1631 
1632 /**
1633  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1634  *
1635  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1636  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1637  *
1638  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1639  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1640  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1641  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1642  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1643  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1644  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1645  */
1646 enum monitor_flags {
1647 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1648 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1649 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1650 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1651 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1652 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1653 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1654 };
1655 
1656 /**
1657  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1658  *
1659  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1660  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1661  *
1662  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1663  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1664  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1665  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1666  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1667  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1668  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1669  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1670  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1671  */
1672 enum mpath_info_flags {
1673 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1674 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1675 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1676 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1677 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1678 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1679 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1680 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1681 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1682 };
1683 
1684 /**
1685  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1686  *
1687  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1688  *
1689  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1690  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1691  * @sn: target sequence number
1692  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1693  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1694  * @flags: mesh path flags
1695  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1696  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1697  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1698  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1699  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1700  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1701  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1702  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1703  */
1704 struct mpath_info {
1705 	u32 filled;
1706 	u32 frame_qlen;
1707 	u32 sn;
1708 	u32 metric;
1709 	u32 exptime;
1710 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1711 	u8 discovery_retries;
1712 	u8 flags;
1713 	u8 hop_count;
1714 	u32 path_change_count;
1715 
1716 	int generation;
1717 };
1718 
1719 /**
1720  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1721  *
1722  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1723  *
1724  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1725  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1726  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1727  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1728  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1729  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1730  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1731  *	(or NULL for no change)
1732  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1733  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1734  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1735  * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1736  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1737  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1738  */
1739 struct bss_parameters {
1740 	int use_cts_prot;
1741 	int use_short_preamble;
1742 	int use_short_slot_time;
1743 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1744 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1745 	int ap_isolate;
1746 	int ht_opmode;
1747 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1748 };
1749 
1750 /**
1751  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1752  *
1753  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1754  *
1755  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1756  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1757  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1758  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1759  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1760  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1761  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1762  *	mesh interface
1763  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1764  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1765  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1766  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1767  *	elements
1768  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1769  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1770  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1771  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1772  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1773  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1774  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1775  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1776  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1777  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1778  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1779  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1780  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1781  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1782  *	element
1783  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1784  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1785  *	element
1786  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1787  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1788  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1789  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1790  *	announcements are transmitted
1791  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1792  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1793  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1794  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1795  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1796  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1797  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1798  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1799  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1800  *	station to establish a peer link
1801  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1802  *
1803  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1804  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1805  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1806  *
1807  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1808  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1809  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1810  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1811  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1812  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1813  *	setting for new peer links.
1814  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1815  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1816  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1817  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1818  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1819  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1820  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1821  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1822  *      in the mesh path table
1823  */
1824 struct mesh_config {
1825 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1826 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1827 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1828 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1829 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1830 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1831 	u8 element_ttl;
1832 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1833 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1834 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1835 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1836 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1837 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1838 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1839 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1840 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1841 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1842 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1843 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1844 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1845 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1846 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1847 	u16 ht_opmode;
1848 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1849 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1850 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1851 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1852 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1853 	u32 plink_timeout;
1854 };
1855 
1856 /**
1857  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1858  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1859  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1860  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1861  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1862  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1863  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1864  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1865  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1866  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1867  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1868  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1869  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1870  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1871  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1872  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1873  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1874  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1875  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1876  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1877  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1878  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1879  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1880  *
1881  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1882  */
1883 struct mesh_setup {
1884 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1885 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1886 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1887 	u8 sync_method;
1888 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1889 	u8 path_metric;
1890 	u8 auth_id;
1891 	const u8 *ie;
1892 	u8 ie_len;
1893 	bool is_authenticated;
1894 	bool is_secure;
1895 	bool user_mpm;
1896 	u8 dtim_period;
1897 	u16 beacon_interval;
1898 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1899 	u32 basic_rates;
1900 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1901 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1902 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1903 };
1904 
1905 /**
1906  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1907  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1908  *
1909  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1910  */
1911 struct ocb_setup {
1912 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1913 };
1914 
1915 /**
1916  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1917  * @ac: AC identifier
1918  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1919  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1920  *	1..32767]
1921  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1922  *	1..32767]
1923  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1924  */
1925 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1926 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1927 	u16 txop;
1928 	u16 cwmin;
1929 	u16 cwmax;
1930 	u8 aifs;
1931 };
1932 
1933 /**
1934  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1935  *
1936  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1937  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1938  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1939  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1940  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1941  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1942  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1943  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1944  * in the wiphy structure.
1945  *
1946  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1947  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1948  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1949  *
1950  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1951  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1952  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1953  * to userspace.
1954  */
1955 
1956 /**
1957  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1958  * @ssid: the SSID
1959  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1960  */
1961 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1962 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1963 	u8 ssid_len;
1964 };
1965 
1966 /**
1967  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1968  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1969  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1970  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1971  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1972  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1973  *	userspace will be notified of that
1974  */
1975 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1976 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1977 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1978 	bool aborted;
1979 };
1980 
1981 /**
1982  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1983  *
1984  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1985  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1986  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1987  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1988  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1989  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1990  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1991  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1992  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1993  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1994  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1995  *	%duration field.
1996  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1997  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1998  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1999  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2000  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2001  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2002  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2003  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2004  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2005  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2006  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2007  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2008  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2009  */
2010 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
2011 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2012 	int n_ssids;
2013 	u32 n_channels;
2014 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2015 	const u8 *ie;
2016 	size_t ie_len;
2017 	u16 duration;
2018 	bool duration_mandatory;
2019 	u32 flags;
2020 
2021 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2022 
2023 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
2024 
2025 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2026 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2027 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2028 
2029 	/* internal */
2030 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2031 	unsigned long scan_start;
2032 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
2033 	bool notified;
2034 	bool no_cck;
2035 
2036 	/* keep last */
2037 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2038 };
2039 
get_random_mask_addr(u8 * buf,const u8 * addr,const u8 * mask)2040 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
2041 {
2042 	int i;
2043 
2044 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
2045 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
2046 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
2047 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
2048 	}
2049 }
2050 
2051 /**
2052  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2053  *
2054  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2055  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2056  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2057  *	or no match (RSSI only)
2058  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2059  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2060  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2061  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2062  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2063  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2064  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2065  *	corresponding matchset.
2066  */
2067 struct cfg80211_match_set {
2068 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2069 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2070 	s32 rssi_thold;
2071 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2072 };
2073 
2074 /**
2075  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2076  *
2077  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2078  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2079  *	infinite loop.
2080  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2081  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2082  */
2083 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2084 	u32 interval;
2085 	u32 iterations;
2086 };
2087 
2088 /**
2089  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2090  *
2091  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2092  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2093  */
2094 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2095 	enum nl80211_band band;
2096 	s8 delta;
2097 };
2098 
2099 /**
2100  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2101  *
2102  * @reqid: identifies this request.
2103  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2104  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2105  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2106  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2107  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2108  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2109  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2110  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2111  * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2112  * 	(others are filtered out).
2113  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
2114  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2115  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2116  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2117  * @dev: the interface
2118  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2119  * @channels: channels to scan
2120  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2121  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
2122  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2123  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2124  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2125  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
2126  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2127  *	index must be executed first.
2128  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2129  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2130  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2131  *	owned by a particular socket)
2132  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2133  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2134  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2135  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2136  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2137  *	supported.
2138  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2139  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2140  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2141  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2142  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2143  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2144  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2145  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2146  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2147  *	comparisions.
2148  */
2149 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2150 	u64 reqid;
2151 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2152 	int n_ssids;
2153 	u32 n_channels;
2154 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2155 	const u8 *ie;
2156 	size_t ie_len;
2157 	u32 flags;
2158 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2159 	int n_match_sets;
2160 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
2161 	u32 delay;
2162 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2163 	int n_scan_plans;
2164 
2165 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2166 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2167 
2168 	bool relative_rssi_set;
2169 	s8 relative_rssi;
2170 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2171 
2172 	/* internal */
2173 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
2174 	struct net_device *dev;
2175 	unsigned long scan_start;
2176 	bool report_results;
2177 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2178 	u32 owner_nlportid;
2179 	bool nl_owner_dead;
2180 	struct list_head list;
2181 
2182 	/* keep last */
2183 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2184 };
2185 
2186 /**
2187  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2188  *
2189  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2190  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2191  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2192  */
2193 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2194 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2195 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2196 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2197 };
2198 
2199 /**
2200  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2201  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2202  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2203  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2204  *	signal type
2205  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2206  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2207  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2208  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2209  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2210  *	ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2211  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2212  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2213  *	by %parent_bssid.
2214  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2215  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2216  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2217  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2218  */
2219 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2220 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2221 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2222 	s32 signal;
2223 	u64 boottime_ns;
2224 	u64 parent_tsf;
2225 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2226 	u8 chains;
2227 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2228 };
2229 
2230 /**
2231  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2232  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2233  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2234  * @len: length of the IEs
2235  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2236  * @data: IE data
2237  */
2238 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2239 	u64 tsf;
2240 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2241 	int len;
2242 	bool from_beacon;
2243 	u8 data[];
2244 };
2245 
2246 /**
2247  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2248  *
2249  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2250  * for use in scan results and similar.
2251  *
2252  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2253  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2254  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2255  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2256  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2257  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2258  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2259  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2260  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2261  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2262  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2263  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2264  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2265  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2266  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2267  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2268  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2269  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2270  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2271  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2272  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2273  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2274  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2275  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2276  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2277  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2278  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2279  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2280  */
2281 struct cfg80211_bss {
2282 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2283 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2284 
2285 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2286 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2287 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2288 
2289 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2290 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2291 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2292 
2293 	s32 signal;
2294 
2295 	u16 beacon_interval;
2296 	u16 capability;
2297 
2298 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2299 	u8 chains;
2300 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2301 
2302 	u8 bssid_index;
2303 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2304 
2305 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2306 };
2307 
2308 /**
2309  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2310  * @bss: the bss to search
2311  * @id: the element ID
2312  *
2313  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2314  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2315  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2316  */
2317 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2318 
2319 /**
2320  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2321  * @bss: the bss to search
2322  * @id: the element ID
2323  *
2324  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2325  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2326  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2327  */
ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss * bss,u8 id)2328 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2329 {
2330 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2331 }
2332 
2333 
2334 /**
2335  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2336  *
2337  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2338  * authentication.
2339  *
2340  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2341  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2342  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2343  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2344  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2345  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2346  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2347  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2348  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2349  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2350  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2351  *	transaction sequence number field.
2352  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2353  */
2354 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2355 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2356 	const u8 *ie;
2357 	size_t ie_len;
2358 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2359 	const u8 *key;
2360 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2361 	const u8 *auth_data;
2362 	size_t auth_data_len;
2363 };
2364 
2365 /**
2366  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2367  *
2368  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2369  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2370  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2371  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2372  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2373  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2374  *	request (connect callback).
2375  */
2376 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2377 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2378 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2379 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2380 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2381 };
2382 
2383 /**
2384  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2385  *
2386  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2387  * (re)association.
2388  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2389  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2390  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2391  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2392  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2393  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2394  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2395  * @crypto: crypto settings
2396  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2397  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2398  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2399  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2400  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2401  *	frame.
2402  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2403  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2404  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2405  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2406  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2407  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2408  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2409  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2410  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2411  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2412  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2413  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2414  */
2415 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2416 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2417 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2418 	size_t ie_len;
2419 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2420 	bool use_mfp;
2421 	u32 flags;
2422 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2423 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2424 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2425 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2426 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2427 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2428 };
2429 
2430 /**
2431  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2432  *
2433  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2434  * deauthentication.
2435  *
2436  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2437  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2438  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2439  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2440  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2441  *	do not set a deauth frame
2442  */
2443 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2444 	const u8 *bssid;
2445 	const u8 *ie;
2446 	size_t ie_len;
2447 	u16 reason_code;
2448 	bool local_state_change;
2449 };
2450 
2451 /**
2452  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2453  *
2454  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2455  * disassociation.
2456  *
2457  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2458  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2459  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2460  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2461  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2462  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2463  */
2464 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2465 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2466 	const u8 *ie;
2467 	size_t ie_len;
2468 	u16 reason_code;
2469 	bool local_state_change;
2470 };
2471 
2472 /**
2473  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2474  *
2475  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2476  * method.
2477  *
2478  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2479  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2480  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2481  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2482  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2483  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2484  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2485  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2486  * @ie_len: length of that
2487  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2488  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2489  *	after joining
2490  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2491  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2492  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2493  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2494  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2495  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2496  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2497  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2498  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2499  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2500  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2501  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2502  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2503  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2504  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2505  * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2506  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2507  */
2508 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2509 	const u8 *ssid;
2510 	const u8 *bssid;
2511 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2512 	const u8 *ie;
2513 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2514 	u16 beacon_interval;
2515 	u32 basic_rates;
2516 	bool channel_fixed;
2517 	bool privacy;
2518 	bool control_port;
2519 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2520 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2521 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2522 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2523 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2524 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2525 	int wep_tx_key;
2526 };
2527 
2528 /**
2529  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2530  *
2531  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2532  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2533  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2534  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2535  */
2536 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2537 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2538 	union {
2539 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2540 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2541 	} param;
2542 };
2543 
2544 /**
2545  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2546  *
2547  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2548  * authentication and association.
2549  *
2550  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2551  *	on scan results)
2552  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2553  *	%NULL if not specified
2554  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2555  *	results)
2556  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2557  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2558  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2559  *	to use.
2560  * @ssid: SSID
2561  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2562  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2563  * @ie: IEs for association request
2564  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2565  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2566  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2567  * @crypto: crypto settings
2568  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2569  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2570  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2571  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2572  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2573  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2574  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2575  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2576  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2577  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2578  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2579  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2580  *	networks.
2581  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2582  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2583  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2584  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2585  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2586  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2587  *	frame.
2588  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2589  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2590  *	data IE.
2591  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2592  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2593  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2594  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2595  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2596  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2597  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2598  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2599  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2600  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2601  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2602  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2603  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2604  *	This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2605  *	to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2606  */
2607 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2608 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2609 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2610 	const u8 *bssid;
2611 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2612 	const u8 *ssid;
2613 	size_t ssid_len;
2614 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2615 	const u8 *ie;
2616 	size_t ie_len;
2617 	bool privacy;
2618 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2619 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2620 	const u8 *key;
2621 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2622 	u32 flags;
2623 	int bg_scan_period;
2624 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2625 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2626 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2627 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2628 	bool pbss;
2629 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2630 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2631 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2632 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2633 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2634 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2635 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2636 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2637 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2638 	bool want_1x;
2639 	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2640 };
2641 
2642 /**
2643  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2644  *
2645  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2646  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2647  *
2648  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2649  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2650  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2651  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2652  */
2653 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2654 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2655 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2656 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2657 };
2658 
2659 /**
2660  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2661  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2662  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2663  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2664  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2665  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2666  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2667  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2668  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2669  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2670  */
2671 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2672 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2673 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2674 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2675 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2676 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2677 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2678 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2679 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2680 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2681 };
2682 
2683 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2684 
2685 /**
2686  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2687  *
2688  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2689  * caching.
2690  *
2691  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2692  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2693  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2694  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2695  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2696  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2697  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2698  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2699  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2700  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2701  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2702  *	%NULL).
2703  * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2704  *	(dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2705  *	The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2706  *	expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2707  *	expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2708  *	used for it expires.
2709  * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2710  *	PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2711  *	Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2712  *	this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2713  *	threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2714  */
2715 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2716 	const u8 *bssid;
2717 	const u8 *pmkid;
2718 	const u8 *pmk;
2719 	size_t pmk_len;
2720 	const u8 *ssid;
2721 	size_t ssid_len;
2722 	const u8 *cache_id;
2723 	u32 pmk_lifetime;
2724 	u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
2725 };
2726 
2727 /**
2728  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2729  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2730  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2731  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2732  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2733  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2734  *
2735  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2736  * memory, free @mask only!
2737  */
2738 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2739 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2740 	int pattern_len;
2741 	int pkt_offset;
2742 };
2743 
2744 /**
2745  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2746  *
2747  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2748  * @src: source IP address
2749  * @dst: destination IP address
2750  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2751  * @src_port: source port
2752  * @dst_port: destination port
2753  * @payload_len: data payload length
2754  * @payload: data payload buffer
2755  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2756  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2757  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2758  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2759  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2760  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2761  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2762  */
2763 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2764 	struct socket *sock;
2765 	__be32 src, dst;
2766 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2767 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2768 	int payload_len;
2769 	const u8 *payload;
2770 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2771 	u32 data_interval;
2772 	u32 wake_len;
2773 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2774 	u32 tokens_size;
2775 	/* must be last, variable member */
2776 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2777 };
2778 
2779 /**
2780  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2781  *
2782  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2783  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2784  *	operating as normal during suspend
2785  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2786  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2787  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2788  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2789  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2790  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2791  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2792  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2793  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2794  *	NULL if not configured.
2795  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2796  */
2797 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2798 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2799 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2800 	     rfkill_release;
2801 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2802 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2803 	int n_patterns;
2804 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2805 };
2806 
2807 /**
2808  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2809  *
2810  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2811  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2812  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2813  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2814  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2815  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2816  */
2817 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2818 	int delay;
2819 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2820 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2821 	int n_patterns;
2822 };
2823 
2824 /**
2825  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2826  *
2827  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2828  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2829  * @n_rules: number of rules
2830  */
2831 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2832 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2833 	int n_rules;
2834 };
2835 
2836 /**
2837  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2838  *
2839  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2840  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2841  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2842  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2843  *	occurred (in MHz)
2844  */
2845 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2846 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2847 	int n_channels;
2848 	u32 channels[];
2849 };
2850 
2851 /**
2852  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2853  *
2854  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2855  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2856  *	match information.
2857  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2858  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2859  */
2860 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2861 	int n_matches;
2862 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2863 };
2864 
2865 /**
2866  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2867  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2868  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2869  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2870  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2871  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2872  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2873  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2874  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2875  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2876  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2877  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2878  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2879  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2880  *	it is.
2881  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2882  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2883  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2884  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2885  */
2886 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2887 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2888 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2889 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2890 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2891 	s32 pattern_idx;
2892 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2893 	const void *packet;
2894 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2895 };
2896 
2897 /**
2898  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2899  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2900  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2901  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2902  */
2903 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2904 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2905 };
2906 
2907 /**
2908  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2909  *
2910  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2911  *
2912  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2913  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2914  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2915  */
2916 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2917 	u16 md;
2918 	const u8 *ie;
2919 	size_t ie_len;
2920 };
2921 
2922 /**
2923  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2924  *
2925  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2926  *
2927  * @chan: channel to use
2928  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2929  * @wait: duration for ROC
2930  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2931  * @len: buffer length
2932  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2933  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2934  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2935  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2936  */
2937 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2938 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2939 	bool offchan;
2940 	unsigned int wait;
2941 	const u8 *buf;
2942 	size_t len;
2943 	bool no_cck;
2944 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2945 	int n_csa_offsets;
2946 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2947 };
2948 
2949 /**
2950  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2951  *
2952  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2953  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2954  */
2955 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2956 	u8 dscp;
2957 	u8 up;
2958 };
2959 
2960 /**
2961  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2962  *
2963  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2964  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2965  */
2966 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2967 	u8 low;
2968 	u8 high;
2969 };
2970 
2971 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2972 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2973 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2974 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2975 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2976 
2977 /**
2978  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2979  *
2980  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2981  *
2982  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2983  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2984  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2985  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2986  */
2987 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2988 	u8 num_des;
2989 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2990 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2991 };
2992 
2993 /**
2994  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2995  *
2996  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2997  *
2998  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2999  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3000  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3001  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3002  */
3003 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
3004 	u8 master_pref;
3005 	u8 bands;
3006 };
3007 
3008 /**
3009  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3010  * configuration
3011  *
3012  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3013  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3014  */
3015 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
3016 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
3017 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
3018 };
3019 
3020 /**
3021  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3022  *
3023  * @filter: the content of the filter
3024  * @len: the length of the filter
3025  */
3026 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
3027 	const u8 *filter;
3028 	u8 len;
3029 };
3030 
3031 /**
3032  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3033  *
3034  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3035  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3036  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3037  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3038  *	implementation specific.
3039  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3040  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3041  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3042  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3043  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3044  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3045  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3046  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3047  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3048  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3049  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3050  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3051  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3052  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3053  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3054  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3055  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3056  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3057  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3058  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3059  */
3060 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
3061 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
3062 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
3063 	u8 publish_type;
3064 	bool close_range;
3065 	bool publish_bcast;
3066 	bool subscribe_active;
3067 	u8 followup_id;
3068 	u8 followup_reqid;
3069 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
3070 	u32 ttl;
3071 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
3072 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
3073 	bool srf_include;
3074 	const u8 *srf_bf;
3075 	u8 srf_bf_len;
3076 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
3077 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
3078 	int srf_num_macs;
3079 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
3080 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
3081 	u8 num_tx_filters;
3082 	u8 num_rx_filters;
3083 	u8 instance_id;
3084 	u64 cookie;
3085 };
3086 
3087 /**
3088  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3089  *
3090  * @aa: authenticator address
3091  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3092  * @pmk: the PMK material
3093  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3094  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3095  *	holds PMK-R0.
3096  */
3097 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3098 	const u8 *aa;
3099 	u8 pmk_len;
3100 	const u8 *pmk;
3101 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3102 };
3103 
3104 /**
3105  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3106  *
3107  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3108  *
3109  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3110  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3111  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3112  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3113  *	authentication response command interface.
3114  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
3115  *	authentication response command interface.
3116  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3117  *	authentication request event interface.
3118  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3119  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3120  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3121  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
3122  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3123  */
3124 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3125 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3126 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3127 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3128 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3129 	u16 status;
3130 	const u8 *pmkid;
3131 };
3132 
3133 /**
3134  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3135  *
3136  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3137  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3138  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3139  *	answered
3140  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3141  *	successfully answered
3142  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3143  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3144  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
3145  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3146  *	of how much time the responder was busy
3147  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3148  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3149  *	the responder
3150  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3151  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3152  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3153  */
3154 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3155 	u32 filled;
3156 	u32 success_num;
3157 	u32 partial_num;
3158 	u32 failed_num;
3159 	u32 asap_num;
3160 	u32 non_asap_num;
3161 	u64 total_duration_ms;
3162 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3163 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3164 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3165 };
3166 
3167 /**
3168  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3169  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3170  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3171  *	reason than just "failure"
3172  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3173  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3174  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3175  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3176  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3177  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3178  *	by the responder
3179  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3180  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3181  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3182  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3183  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3184  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3185  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3186  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3187  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3188  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3189  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3190  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3191  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3192  *	the square root of the variance)
3193  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3194  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3195  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3196  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3197  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3198  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3199  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3200  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3201  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3202  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3203  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3204  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3205  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3206  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3207  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3208  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3209  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3210  */
3211 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3212 	const u8 *lci;
3213 	const u8 *civicloc;
3214 	unsigned int lci_len;
3215 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
3216 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3217 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3218 	s16 burst_index;
3219 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3220 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3221 	u8 burst_duration;
3222 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3223 	s32 rssi_avg;
3224 	s32 rssi_spread;
3225 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3226 	s64 rtt_avg;
3227 	s64 rtt_variance;
3228 	s64 rtt_spread;
3229 	s64 dist_avg;
3230 	s64 dist_variance;
3231 	s64 dist_spread;
3232 
3233 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3234 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3235 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3236 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3237 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3238 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3239 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3240 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3241 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3242 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3243 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3244 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3245 };
3246 
3247 /**
3248  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3249  * @addr: address of the peer
3250  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3251  *	measurement was made)
3252  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3253  * @status: status of the measurement
3254  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3255  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3256  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3257  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3258  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3259  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3260  */
3261 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3262 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3263 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3264 
3265 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3266 
3267 	u8 final:1,
3268 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3269 
3270 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3271 
3272 	union {
3273 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3274 	};
3275 };
3276 
3277 /**
3278  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3279  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3280  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3281  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3282  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3283  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3284  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3285  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3286  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3287  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3288  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3289  *
3290  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3291  */
3292 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3293 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3294 	u16 burst_period;
3295 	u8 requested:1,
3296 	   asap:1,
3297 	   request_lci:1,
3298 	   request_civicloc:1;
3299 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3300 	u8 burst_duration;
3301 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3302 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3303 };
3304 
3305 /**
3306  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3307  * @addr: MAC address
3308  * @chandef: channel to use
3309  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3310  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3311  */
3312 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3313 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3314 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3315 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3316 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3317 };
3318 
3319 /**
3320  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3321  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3322  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3323  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3324  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3325  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3326  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3327  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3328  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3329  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3330  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3331  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3332  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3333  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3334  */
3335 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3336 	u64 cookie;
3337 	void *drv_data;
3338 	u32 n_peers;
3339 	u32 nl_portid;
3340 
3341 	u32 timeout;
3342 
3343 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3344 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3345 
3346 	struct list_head list;
3347 
3348 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3349 };
3350 
3351 /**
3352  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3353  *
3354  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3355  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3356  *
3357  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3358  *
3359  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3360  *	has to be done.
3361  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3362  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3363  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3364  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3365  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3366  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3367  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3368  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3369  */
3370 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3371 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3372 	u16 status;
3373 	const u8 *ie;
3374 	size_t ie_len;
3375 };
3376 
3377 /**
3378  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3379  *
3380  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3381  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3382  *
3383  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3384  * on success or a negative error code.
3385  *
3386  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3387  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3388  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3389  *
3390  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3391  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3392  *	configured for the device.
3393  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3394  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3395  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3396  *	the device.
3397  *
3398  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3399  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3400  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3401  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3402  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3403  *
3404  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3405  *
3406  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3407  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3408  *
3409  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3410  *	when adding a group key.
3411  *
3412  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3413  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3414  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3415  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3416  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3417  *
3418  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3419  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3420  *
3421  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3422  *
3423  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3424 
3425  * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3426  *
3427  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3428  *
3429  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3430  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3431  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3432  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3433  *
3434  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3435  * @del_station: Remove a station
3436  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3437  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3438  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3439  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3440  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3441  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3442  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3443  *
3444  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3445  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3446  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3447  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3448  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3449  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3450  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3451  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3452  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3453  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3454  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3455  *
3456  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3457  *
3458  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3459  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3460  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3461  *
3462  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3463  *
3464  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3465  *
3466  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3467  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3468  *	join the mesh instead.
3469  *
3470  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3471  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3472  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3473  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3474  *
3475  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3476  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3477  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3478  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3479  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3480  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3481  *
3482  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3483  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3484  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3485  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3486  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3487  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3488  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3489  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3490  *
3491  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3492  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3493  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3494  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3495  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3496  *	was received.
3497  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3498  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3499  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3500  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3501  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3502  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3503  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3504  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3505  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3506  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3507  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3508  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3509  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3510  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3511  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3512  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3513  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3514  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3515  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3516  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3517  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3518  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3519  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3520  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3521  *
3522  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3523  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3524  *	to a merge.
3525  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3526  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3527  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3528  *
3529  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3530  *	MESH mode)
3531  *
3532  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3533  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3534  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3535  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3536  *
3537  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3538  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3539  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3540  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3541  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3542  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3543  *	return 0 if successful
3544  *
3545  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3546  *
3547  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3548  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3549  *
3550  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3551  *
3552  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3553  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3554  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3555  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3556  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3557  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3558  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3559  *	the duration value.
3560  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3561  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3562  *	frame on another channel
3563  *
3564  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3565  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3566  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3567  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3568  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3569  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3570  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3571  *
3572  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3573  *
3574  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3575  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3576  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3577  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3578  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3579  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3580  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3581  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3582  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3583  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3584  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3585  *	disabled.)
3586  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3587  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3588  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3589  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3590  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3591  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3592  *	thresholds.
3593  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3594  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3595  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3596  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3597  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3598  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3599  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3600  *
3601  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3602  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3603  *
3604  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3605  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3606  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3607  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3608  *
3609  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3610  *
3611  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3612  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3613  *
3614  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3615  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3616  *
3617  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3618  *
3619  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3620  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3621  *	current monitoring channel.
3622  *
3623  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3624  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3625  *
3626  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3627  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3628  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3629  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3630  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3631  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3632  *
3633  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3634  *
3635  * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3636  *	was finished on another phy.
3637  *
3638  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3639  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3640  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3641  *
3642  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3643  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3644  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3645  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3646  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3647  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3648  *
3649  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3650  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3651  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3652  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3653  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3654  *	as soon as possible.
3655  *
3656  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3657  *
3658  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3659  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3660  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3661  *
3662  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3663  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3664  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3665  *	account.
3666  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3667  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3668  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3669  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3670  *	rejected)
3671  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3672  *
3673  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3674  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3675  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3676  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3677  *
3678  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3679  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3680  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3681  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3682  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3683  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3684  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3685  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3686  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3687  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3688  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3689  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3690  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3691  *	provided @nan_func.
3692  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3693  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3694  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3695  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3696  *
3697  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3698  *
3699  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3700  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3701  *
3702  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3703  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3704  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3705  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3706  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3707  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3708  *
3709  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3710  *     user space
3711  *
3712  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3713  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3714  *
3715  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3716  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3717  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3718  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3719  *
3720  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3721  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3722  *	DH IE through this interface.
3723  *
3724  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3725  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3726  * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
3727  *	This callback may sleep.
3728  * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
3729  *	given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
3730  */
3731 struct cfg80211_ops {
3732 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3733 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3734 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3735 
3736 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3737 						  const char *name,
3738 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3739 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3740 						  struct vif_params *params);
3741 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3742 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3743 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3744 				       struct net_device *dev,
3745 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3746 				       struct vif_params *params);
3747 
3748 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3749 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3750 			   struct key_params *params);
3751 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3752 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3753 			   void *cookie,
3754 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3755 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3756 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3757 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3758 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3759 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3760 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3761 					struct net_device *netdev,
3762 					u8 key_index);
3763 	int	(*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3764 					  struct net_device *netdev,
3765 					  u8 key_index);
3766 
3767 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3768 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3769 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3770 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3771 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3772 
3773 
3774 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3775 			       const u8 *mac,
3776 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3777 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3778 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3779 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3780 				  const u8 *mac,
3781 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3782 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3783 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3784 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3785 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3786 
3787 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3788 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3789 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3790 			       const u8 *dst);
3791 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3792 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3793 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3794 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3795 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3796 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3797 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3798 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3799 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3800 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3801 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3802 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3803 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3804 				struct net_device *dev,
3805 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3806 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3807 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3808 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3809 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3810 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3811 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3812 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3813 
3814 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3815 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3816 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3817 
3818 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3819 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3820 
3821 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3822 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3823 
3824 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3825 					     struct net_device *dev,
3826 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3827 
3828 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3829 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3830 
3831 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3832 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3833 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3834 
3835 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3836 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3837 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3838 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3839 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3840 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3841 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3842 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3843 
3844 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3845 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3846 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3847 					 struct net_device *dev,
3848 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3849 					 u32 changed);
3850 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3851 			      u16 reason_code);
3852 
3853 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3854 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3855 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3856 
3857 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3858 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3859 
3860 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3861 
3862 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3863 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3864 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3865 				int *dbm);
3866 
3867 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3868 				const u8 *addr);
3869 
3870 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3871 
3872 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3873 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3874 				void *data, int len);
3875 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3876 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3877 				 void *data, int len);
3878 #endif
3879 
3880 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3881 				    struct net_device *dev,
3882 				    const u8 *peer,
3883 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3884 
3885 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3886 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3887 
3888 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3889 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3890 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3891 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3892 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3893 
3894 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3895 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3896 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3897 				     unsigned int duration,
3898 				     u64 *cookie);
3899 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3900 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3901 					    u64 cookie);
3902 
3903 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3904 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3905 			   u64 *cookie);
3906 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3907 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3908 				       u64 cookie);
3909 
3910 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3911 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3912 
3913 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3914 				       struct net_device *dev,
3915 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3916 
3917 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3918 					     struct net_device *dev,
3919 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3920 
3921 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3922 				      struct net_device *dev,
3923 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3924 
3925 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3926 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3927 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3928 
3929 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3930 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3931 
3932 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3933 				struct net_device *dev,
3934 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3935 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3936 				   u64 reqid);
3937 
3938 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3939 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3940 
3941 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3942 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3943 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3944 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3945 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3946 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3947 
3948 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3949 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3950 
3951 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3952 				  struct net_device *dev,
3953 				  u16 noack_map);
3954 
3955 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3956 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3957 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3958 
3959 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3960 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3961 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3962 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3963 
3964 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3965 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3966 
3967 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3968 					 struct net_device *dev,
3969 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3970 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3971 	void	(*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3972 				struct net_device *dev);
3973 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3974 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3975 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3976 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3977 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3978 				    u16 duration);
3979 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3980 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3981 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3982 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3983 
3984 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3985 				  struct net_device *dev,
3986 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3987 
3988 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3989 			       struct net_device *dev,
3990 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3991 
3992 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3993 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3994 
3995 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3996 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3997 			     u16 admitted_time);
3998 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3999 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
4000 
4001 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4002 				       struct net_device *dev,
4003 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
4004 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
4005 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4006 					      struct net_device *dev,
4007 					      const u8 *addr);
4008 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4009 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4010 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
4011 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4012 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4013 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4014 			       u64 cookie);
4015 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4016 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4017 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
4018 				   u32 changes);
4019 
4020 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4021 					    struct net_device *dev,
4022 					    const bool enabled);
4023 
4024 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4025 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4026 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
4027 
4028 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4029 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
4030 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4031 			   const u8 *aa);
4032 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4033 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
4034 
4035 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4036 				   struct net_device *dev,
4037 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4038 				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
4039 				   const bool noencrypt);
4040 
4041 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4042 				struct net_device *dev,
4043 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
4044 
4045 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4046 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4047 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4048 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4049 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4050 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
4051 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4052 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4053 	int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4054 				  struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4055 	int	(*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
4056 				    const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
4057 };
4058 
4059 /*
4060  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4061  * and registration/helper functions
4062  */
4063 
4064 /**
4065  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4066  *
4067  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4068  *	wiphy at all
4069  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4070  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4071  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4072  *	reason to override the default
4073  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4074  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4075  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4076  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4077  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4078  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4079  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4080  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4081  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4082  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4083  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4084  *	firmware.
4085  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4086  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4087  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4088  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4089  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4090  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4091  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4092  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4093  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4094  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4095  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4096  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4097  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4098  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4099  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4100  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4101  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4102  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4103  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4104  *	before connection.
4105  */
4106 enum wiphy_flags {
4107 	/* use hole at 0 */
4108 	/* use hole at 1 */
4109 	/* use hole at 2 */
4110 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
4111 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
4112 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
4113 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
4114 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
4115 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
4116 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
4117 	/* use hole at 11 */
4118 	/* use hole at 12 */
4119 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
4120 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
4121 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
4122 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
4123 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
4124 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
4125 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
4126 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
4127 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
4128 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
4129 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
4130 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
4131 };
4132 
4133 /**
4134  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4135  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4136  * @types: interface types (bits)
4137  */
4138 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4139 	u16 max;
4140 	u16 types;
4141 };
4142 
4143 /**
4144  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4145  *
4146  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4147  * combinations it supports concurrently.
4148  *
4149  * Examples:
4150  *
4151  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4152  *
4153  *    .. code-block:: c
4154  *
4155  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4156  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4157  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4158  *	};
4159  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4160  *		.limits = limits1,
4161  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4162  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
4163  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4164  *	};
4165  *
4166  *
4167  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4168  *
4169  *    .. code-block:: c
4170  *
4171  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4172  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4173  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4174  *	};
4175  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4176  *		.limits = limits2,
4177  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4178  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
4179  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
4180  *	};
4181  *
4182  *
4183  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4184  *
4185  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4186  *
4187  *    .. code-block:: c
4188  *
4189  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4190  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4191  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4192  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4193  *	};
4194  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4195  *		.limits = limits3,
4196  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4197  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
4198  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
4199  *	};
4200  *
4201  */
4202 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4203 	/**
4204 	 * @limits:
4205 	 * limits for the given interface types
4206 	 */
4207 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4208 
4209 	/**
4210 	 * @num_different_channels:
4211 	 * can use up to this many different channels
4212 	 */
4213 	u32 num_different_channels;
4214 
4215 	/**
4216 	 * @max_interfaces:
4217 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4218 	 */
4219 	u16 max_interfaces;
4220 
4221 	/**
4222 	 * @n_limits:
4223 	 * number of limitations
4224 	 */
4225 	u8 n_limits;
4226 
4227 	/**
4228 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4229 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4230 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4231 	 */
4232 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4233 
4234 	/**
4235 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4236 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4237 	 */
4238 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4239 
4240 	/**
4241 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4242 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4243 	 */
4244 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4245 
4246 	/**
4247 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4248 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4249 	 *
4250 	 * = 0
4251 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4252 	 * > 0
4253 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4254 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4255 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4256 	 */
4257 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4258 };
4259 
4260 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4261 	u16 tx, rx;
4262 };
4263 
4264 /**
4265  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4266  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4267  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4268  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4269  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4270  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4271  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4272  *	(see nl80211.h)
4273  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4274  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4275  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4276  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4277  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4278  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4279  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4280  */
4281 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4282 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4283 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4284 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4285 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4286 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4287 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4288 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4289 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4290 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4291 };
4292 
4293 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4294 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4295 	u32 data_payload_max;
4296 	u32 data_interval_max;
4297 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4298 	bool seq;
4299 };
4300 
4301 /**
4302  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4303  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4304  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4305  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4306  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4307  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4308  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4309  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4310  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4311  *	scheduled scans.
4312  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4313  *	details.
4314  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4315  */
4316 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4317 	u32 flags;
4318 	int n_patterns;
4319 	int pattern_max_len;
4320 	int pattern_min_len;
4321 	int max_pkt_offset;
4322 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4323 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4324 };
4325 
4326 /**
4327  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4328  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4329  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4330  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4331  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4332  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4333  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4334  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4335  */
4336 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4337 	int n_rules;
4338 	int max_delay;
4339 	int n_patterns;
4340 	int pattern_max_len;
4341 	int pattern_min_len;
4342 	int max_pkt_offset;
4343 };
4344 
4345 /**
4346  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4347  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4348  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4349  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4350  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4351  */
4352 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4353 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4354 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4355 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4356 };
4357 
4358 /**
4359  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4360  *
4361  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4362  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4363  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4364  *
4365  */
4366 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4367 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4368 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4369 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4370 };
4371 
4372 /**
4373  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4374  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4375  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4376  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4377  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4378  */
4379 
4380 struct sta_opmode_info {
4381 	u32 changed;
4382 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4383 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4384 	u8 rx_nss;
4385 };
4386 
4387 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4388 
4389 /**
4390  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4391  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4392  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4393  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4394  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4395  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4396  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4397  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4398  *	dumpit calls.
4399  * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4400  *	Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4401  *	attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4402  * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4403  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4404  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4405  * are used with dump requests.
4406  */
4407 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4408 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4409 	u32 flags;
4410 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4411 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4412 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4413 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4414 		      unsigned long *storage);
4415 	const struct nla_policy *policy;
4416 	unsigned int maxattr;
4417 };
4418 
4419 /**
4420  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4421  * @iftype: interface type
4422  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4423  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4424  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4425  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4426  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4427  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4428  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4429  */
4430 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4431 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4432 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4433 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4434 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4435 };
4436 
4437 /**
4438  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4439  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4440  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4441  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4442  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4443  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4444  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4445  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4446  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4447  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4448  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4449  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4450  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4451  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4452  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4453  *	not limited)
4454  */
4455 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4456 	unsigned int max_peers;
4457 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4458 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4459 
4460 	struct {
4461 		u32 preambles;
4462 		u32 bandwidths;
4463 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4464 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4465 		u8 supported:1,
4466 		   asap:1,
4467 		   non_asap:1,
4468 		   request_lci:1,
4469 		   request_civicloc:1;
4470 	} ftm;
4471 };
4472 
4473 /**
4474  * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4475  * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4476  * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4477  *
4478  * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4479  * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4480  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4481  */
4482 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
4483 	u16 iftypes_mask;
4484 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4485 	int n_akm_suites;
4486 };
4487 
4488 /**
4489  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4490  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4491  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4492  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4493  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4494  * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4495  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4496  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4497  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4498  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4499  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4500  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4501  *	the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4502  *	iftype_akm_suites.
4503  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4504  * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4505  *	Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4506  *	overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4507  *	instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4508  * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4509  *	suites are specified separately.
4510  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4511  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4512  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4513  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4514  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4515  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4516  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4517  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4518  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4519  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4520  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4521  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4522  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4523  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4524  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4525  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4526  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4527  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4528  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4529  *	unregister hardware
4530  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4531  *	automatically on wiphy renames
4532  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4533  * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4534  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4535  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4536  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4537  *	must be set by driver
4538  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4539  *	list single interface types.
4540  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4541  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4542  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4543  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4544  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4545  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4546  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4547  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4548  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4549  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4550  *	this variable determines its size
4551  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4552  *	any given scan
4553  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4554  *	the device can run concurrently.
4555  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4556  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4557  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4558  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4559  *	supported.
4560  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4561  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4562  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4563  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4564  *	scans
4565  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4566  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4567  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4568  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4569  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4570  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4571  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4572  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4573  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4574  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4575  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4576  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4577  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4578  *
4579  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4580  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4581  *	type
4582  *
4583  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4584  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4585  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4586  *
4587  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4588  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4589  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4590  *
4591  * @probe_resp_offload:
4592  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4593  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4594  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4595  *
4596  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4597  *	may request, if implemented.
4598  *
4599  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4600  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4601  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4602  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4603  *
4604  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4605  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4606  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4607  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4608  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4609  *
4610  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4611  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4612  *
4613  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4614  *	supports for ACL.
4615  *
4616  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4617  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4618  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4619  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4620  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4621  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4622  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4623  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4624  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4625  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4626  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4627  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4628  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4629  *
4630  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4631  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4632  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4633  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4634  *
4635  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4636  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4637  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4638  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4639  *
4640  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4641  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4642  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4643  *	infinite.
4644  * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4645  *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4646  *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4647  *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4648  *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4649  *	This value should be set in MHz.
4650  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4651  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4652  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4653  *
4654  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4655  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4656  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4657  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4658  *
4659  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4660  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4661  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4662  *
4663  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4664  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4665  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4666  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4667  *
4668  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4669  *
4670  * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4671  *	device has
4672  * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4673  *	supported by the driver for each vif
4674  * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4675  *	supported by the driver for each peer
4676  */
4677 struct wiphy {
4678 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4679 
4680 	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
4681 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4682 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4683 
4684 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4685 
4686 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4687 
4688 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4689 	int n_iface_combinations;
4690 	u16 software_iftypes;
4691 
4692 	u16 n_addresses;
4693 
4694 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4695 	u16 interface_modes;
4696 
4697 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4698 
4699 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4700 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4701 
4702 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4703 
4704 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4705 
4706 	int bss_priv_size;
4707 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4708 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4709 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4710 	u8 max_match_sets;
4711 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4712 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4713 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4714 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4715 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4716 
4717 	int n_cipher_suites;
4718 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4719 
4720 	int n_akm_suites;
4721 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4722 
4723 	const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
4724 	unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
4725 
4726 	u8 retry_short;
4727 	u8 retry_long;
4728 	u32 frag_threshold;
4729 	u32 rts_threshold;
4730 	u8 coverage_class;
4731 
4732 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4733 	u32 hw_version;
4734 
4735 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4736 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4737 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4738 #endif
4739 
4740 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4741 
4742 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4743 
4744 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4745 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4746 
4747 	/*
4748 	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4749 	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4750 	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4751 	 */
4752 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4753 
4754 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4755 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4756 
4757 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4758 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4759 
4760 	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4761 	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4762 	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4763 	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4764 	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4765 	const void *privid;
4766 
4767 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4768 
4769 	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4770 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4771 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4772 
4773 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4774 
4775 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4776 
4777 	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4778 	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4779 	struct device dev;
4780 
4781 	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4782 	bool registered;
4783 
4784 	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4785 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4786 
4787 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4788 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4789 
4790 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4791 
4792 	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4793 	possible_net_t _net;
4794 
4795 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4796 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4797 #endif
4798 
4799 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4800 
4801 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4802 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4803 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4804 
4805 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4806 
4807 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4808 	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4809 
4810 	u32 bss_select_support;
4811 
4812 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4813 
4814 	u32 txq_limit;
4815 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4816 	u32 txq_quantum;
4817 
4818 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4819 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4820 
4821 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4822 
4823 	struct {
4824 		u64 peer, vif;
4825 	} tid_config_support;
4826 
4827 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4828 };
4829 
wiphy_net(struct wiphy * wiphy)4830 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4831 {
4832 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4833 }
4834 
wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct net * net)4835 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4836 {
4837 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4838 }
4839 
4840 /**
4841  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4842  *
4843  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4844  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4845  */
wiphy_priv(struct wiphy * wiphy)4846 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4847 {
4848 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4849 	return &wiphy->priv;
4850 }
4851 
4852 /**
4853  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4854  *
4855  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4856  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4857  */
priv_to_wiphy(void * priv)4858 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4859 {
4860 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4861 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4862 }
4863 
4864 /**
4865  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4866  *
4867  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4868  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4869  */
set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct device * dev)4870 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4871 {
4872 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4873 }
4874 
4875 /**
4876  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4877  *
4878  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4879  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4880  */
wiphy_dev(struct wiphy * wiphy)4881 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4882 {
4883 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4884 }
4885 
4886 /**
4887  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4888  *
4889  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4890  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4891  */
wiphy_name(const struct wiphy * wiphy)4892 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4893 {
4894 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4895 }
4896 
4897 /**
4898  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4899  *
4900  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4901  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4902  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4903  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4904  *
4905  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4906  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4907  *
4908  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4909  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4910  */
4911 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4912 			   const char *requested_name);
4913 
4914 /**
4915  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4916  *
4917  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4918  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4919  *
4920  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4921  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4922  *
4923  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4924  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4925  */
wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops * ops,int sizeof_priv)4926 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4927 				      int sizeof_priv)
4928 {
4929 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4930 }
4931 
4932 /**
4933  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4934  *
4935  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4936  *
4937  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4938  */
4939 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4940 
4941 /**
4942  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4943  *
4944  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4945  *
4946  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4947  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4948  * request that is being handled.
4949  */
4950 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4951 
4952 /**
4953  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4954  *
4955  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4956  */
4957 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4958 
4959 /* internal structs */
4960 struct cfg80211_conn;
4961 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4962 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4963 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4964 
4965 /**
4966  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4967  *
4968  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4969  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4970  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4971  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4972  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4973  *
4974  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4975  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4976  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4977  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4978  *
4979  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4980  * @iftype: interface type
4981  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4982  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4983  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4984  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4985  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4986  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4987  *	the user-set channel definition.
4988  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4989  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4990  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4991  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4992  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4993  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4994  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4995  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4996  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4997  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4998  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4999  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5000  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5001  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5002  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5003  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5004  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5005  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5006  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5007  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5008  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5009  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5010  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
5011  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5012  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5013  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5014  *	and some API functions require it held
5015  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5016  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
5017  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5018  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5019  *	the P2P Device.
5020  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5021  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5022  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5023  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5024  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5025  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5026  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5027  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5028  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5029  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5030  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5031  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5032  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5033  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5034  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5035  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5036  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5037  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5038  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5039  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5040  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5041  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5042  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5043  */
5044 struct wireless_dev {
5045 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
5046 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
5047 
5048 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5049 	struct list_head list;
5050 	struct net_device *netdev;
5051 
5052 	u32 identifier;
5053 
5054 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
5055 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
5056 
5057 	struct mutex mtx;
5058 
5059 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
5060 
5061 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
5062 
5063 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5064 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5065 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
5066 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
5067 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
5068 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
5069 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
5070 
5071 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
5072 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5073 
5074 	struct list_head event_list;
5075 	spinlock_t event_lock;
5076 
5077 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
5078 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
5079 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
5080 
5081 	bool ibss_fixed;
5082 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
5083 
5084 	bool ps;
5085 	int ps_timeout;
5086 
5087 	int beacon_interval;
5088 
5089 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
5090 
5091 	u32 owner_nlportid;
5092 	bool nl_owner_dead;
5093 
5094 	bool cac_started;
5095 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
5096 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
5097 
5098 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5099 	/* wext data */
5100 	struct {
5101 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
5102 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
5103 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
5104 		const u8 *ie;
5105 		size_t ie_len;
5106 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5107 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
5108 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
5109 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
5110 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
5111 	} wext;
5112 #endif
5113 
5114 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
5115 
5116 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
5117 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
5118 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
5119 };
5120 
wdev_address(struct wireless_dev * wdev)5121 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5122 {
5123 	if (wdev->netdev)
5124 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
5125 	return wdev->address;
5126 }
5127 
wdev_running(struct wireless_dev * wdev)5128 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5129 {
5130 	if (wdev->netdev)
5131 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
5132 	return wdev->is_running;
5133 }
5134 
5135 /**
5136  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5137  *
5138  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5139  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5140  */
wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev * wdev)5141 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
5142 {
5143 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
5144 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
5145 }
5146 
5147 /**
5148  * DOC: Utility functions
5149  *
5150  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5151  */
5152 
5153 /**
5154  * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
5155  *
5156  * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
5157  * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
5158  * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
5159  */
5160 static inline bool
ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel * a,struct ieee80211_channel * b)5161 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
5162 			struct ieee80211_channel *b)
5163 {
5164 	return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
5165 		a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
5166 }
5167 
5168 /**
5169  * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
5170  * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
5171  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
5172  */
5173 static inline u32
ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel * chan)5174 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5175 {
5176 	return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
5177 }
5178 
5179 /**
5180  * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
5181  * @chan: channel number
5182  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5183  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5184  */
5185 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5186 
5187 /**
5188  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5189  * @chan: channel number
5190  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5191  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5192  */
5193 static inline int
ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan,enum nl80211_band band)5194 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
5195 {
5196 	return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
5197 }
5198 
5199 /**
5200  * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5201  * @freq: center frequency in KHz
5202  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5203  */
5204 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
5205 
5206 /**
5207  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5208  * @freq: center frequency in MHz
5209  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5210  */
5211 static inline int
ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)5212 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
5213 {
5214 	return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5215 }
5216 
5217 /**
5218  * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
5219  * frequency
5220  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5221  * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
5222  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5223  */
5224 struct ieee80211_channel *
5225 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
5226 
5227 /**
5228  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5229  *
5230  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5231  * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
5232  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5233  */
5234 static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy * wiphy,int freq)5235 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
5236 {
5237 	return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
5238 }
5239 
5240 /**
5241  * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
5242  * @chan: control channel to check
5243  *
5244  * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
5245  * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
5246  */
cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel * chan)5247 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
5248 {
5249 	if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
5250 		return false;
5251 
5252 	return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
5253 }
5254 
5255 /**
5256  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5257  *
5258  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5259  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5260  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5261  *
5262  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5263  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5264  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5265  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5266  */
5267 struct ieee80211_rate *
5268 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5269 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5270 
5271 /**
5272  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5273  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5274  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5275  *
5276  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5277  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5278  */
5279 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5280 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5281 
5282 /*
5283  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5284  *
5285  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5286  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5287  */
5288 
5289 struct radiotap_align_size {
5290 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5291 };
5292 
5293 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5294 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5295 	int n_bits;
5296 	uint32_t oui;
5297 	uint8_t subns;
5298 };
5299 
5300 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5301 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5302 	int n_ns;
5303 };
5304 
5305 /**
5306  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5307  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5308  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5309  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5310  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5311  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5312  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
5313  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5314  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5315  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5316  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5317  *	radiotap namespace or not
5318  *
5319  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5320  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5321  * @_arg_index: next argument index
5322  * @_arg: next argument pointer
5323  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5324  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5325  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5326  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5327  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5328  *	next bitmap word
5329  *
5330  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5331  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5332  */
5333 
5334 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5335 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5336 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5337 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5338 
5339 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5340 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
5341 
5342 	unsigned char *this_arg;
5343 	int this_arg_index;
5344 	int this_arg_size;
5345 
5346 	int is_radiotap_ns;
5347 
5348 	int _max_length;
5349 	int _arg_index;
5350 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5351 	int _reset_on_ext;
5352 };
5353 
5354 int
5355 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5356 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5357 				 int max_length,
5358 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5359 
5360 int
5361 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5362 
5363 
5364 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5365 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5366 
5367 /**
5368  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5369  *
5370  * @skb: the frame
5371  *
5372  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5373  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5374  *
5375  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5376  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5377  * 802.11 header.
5378  */
5379 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5380 
5381 /**
5382  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5383  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5384  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5385  */
5386 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5387 
5388 /**
5389  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5390  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5391  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5392  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5393  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5394  */
5395 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5396 
5397 /**
5398  * DOC: Data path helpers
5399  *
5400  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5401  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5402  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5403  */
5404 
5405 /**
5406  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5407  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5408  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5409  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5410  * @addr: the device MAC address
5411  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5412  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5413  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5414  */
5415 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5416 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5417 				  u8 data_offset);
5418 
5419 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr_bool(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5420 				       const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5421 				       u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
5422 /**
5423  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5424  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5425  * @addr: the device MAC address
5426  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5427  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5428  */
ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff * skb,const u8 * addr,enum nl80211_iftype iftype)5429 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5430 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5431 {
5432 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5433 }
5434 
5435 /**
5436  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5437  *
5438  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5439  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5440  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5441  *
5442  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5443  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5444  *	initialized by by the caller.
5445  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5446  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5447  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5448  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5449  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5450  */
5451 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5452 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5453 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5454 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5455 
5456 /**
5457  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5458  * @skb: the data frame
5459  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5460  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5461  */
5462 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5463 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5464 
5465 /**
5466  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5467  *
5468  * @eid: element ID
5469  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5470  * @len: length of data
5471  * @match: byte array to match
5472  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5473  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5474  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5475  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5476  *	the data portion instead.
5477  *
5478  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5479  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5480  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5481  * requested element struct.
5482  *
5483  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5484  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5485  * byte array to match.
5486  */
5487 const struct element *
5488 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5489 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5490 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5491 
5492 /**
5493  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5494  *
5495  * @eid: element ID
5496  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5497  * @len: length of data
5498  * @match: byte array to match
5499  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5500  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5501  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5502  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5503  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5504  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5505  *
5506  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5507  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5508  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5509  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5510  * element ID.
5511  *
5512  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5513  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5514  * byte array to match.
5515  */
5516 static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,unsigned int len,const u8 * match,unsigned int match_len,unsigned int match_offset)5517 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5518 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5519 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5520 {
5521 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5522 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5523 	 */
5524 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5525 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5526 		return NULL;
5527 
5528 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5529 						match, match_len,
5530 						match_offset ?
5531 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5532 }
5533 
5534 /**
5535  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5536  *
5537  * @eid: element ID
5538  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5539  * @len: length of data
5540  *
5541  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5542  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5543  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5544  * requested element struct.
5545  *
5546  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5547  * having to fit into the given data.
5548  */
5549 static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5550 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5551 {
5552 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5553 }
5554 
5555 /**
5556  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5557  *
5558  * @eid: element ID
5559  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5560  * @len: length of data
5561  *
5562  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5563  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5564  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5565  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5566  *
5567  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5568  * having to fit into the given data.
5569  */
cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5570 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5571 {
5572 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5573 }
5574 
5575 /**
5576  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5577  *
5578  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5579  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5580  * @len: length of data
5581  *
5582  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5583  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5584  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5585  * requested element struct.
5586  *
5587  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5588  * having to fit into the given data.
5589  */
5590 static inline const struct element *
cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5591 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5592 {
5593 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5594 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5595 }
5596 
5597 /**
5598  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5599  *
5600  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5601  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5602  * @len: length of data
5603  *
5604  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5605  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5606  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5607  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5608  *
5609  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5610  * having to fit into the given data.
5611  */
cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid,const u8 * ies,int len)5612 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5613 {
5614 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5615 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5616 }
5617 
5618 /**
5619  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5620  *
5621  * @oui: vendor OUI
5622  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5623  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5624  * @len: length of data
5625  *
5626  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5627  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5628  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5629  *
5630  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5631  * the given data.
5632  */
5633 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5634 						const u8 *ies,
5635 						unsigned int len);
5636 
5637 /**
5638  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5639  *
5640  * @oui: vendor OUI
5641  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5642  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5643  * @len: length of data
5644  *
5645  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5646  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5647  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5648  * element ID.
5649  *
5650  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5651  * the given data.
5652  */
5653 static inline const u8 *
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui,int oui_type,const u8 * ies,unsigned int len)5654 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5655 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5656 {
5657 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5658 }
5659 
5660 /**
5661  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5662  *
5663  * @dev: network device
5664  * @addr: STA MAC address
5665  *
5666  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5667  * devices upon STA association.
5668  */
5669 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5670 
5671 /**
5672  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5673  *
5674  * TODO
5675  */
5676 
5677 /**
5678  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5679  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5680  *	conflicts)
5681  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5682  * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5683  * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5684  * 	alpha2.
5685  *
5686  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5687  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5688  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5689  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5690  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5691  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5692  *
5693  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5694  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5695  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5696  *
5697  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5698  * an -ENOMEM.
5699  *
5700  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5701  */
5702 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5703 
5704 /**
5705  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5706  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5707  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5708  *
5709  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5710  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5711  * information.
5712  *
5713  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5714  */
5715 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5716 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5717 
5718 /**
5719  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5720  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5721  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5722  *
5723  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5724  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5725  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5726  *
5727  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5728  */
5729 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5730 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5731 
5732 /**
5733  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5734  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5735  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5736  *
5737  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5738  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5739  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5740  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5741  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5742  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5743  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5744  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5745  * that called this helper.
5746  */
5747 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5748 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5749 
5750 /**
5751  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5752  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5753  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5754  *
5755  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5756  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5757  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5758  * and processed already.
5759  *
5760  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5761  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5762  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5763  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5764  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5765  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5766  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5767  */
5768 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5769 					       u32 center_freq);
5770 
5771 /**
5772  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5773  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5774  *
5775  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5776  * proper string representation.
5777  */
5778 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5779 
5780 /**
5781  * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5782  * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5783  *
5784  * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5785  */
5786 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5787 
5788 /**
5789  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5790  *
5791  */
5792 
5793 /**
5794  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5795  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5796  *
5797  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5798  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5799  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5800  *
5801  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5802  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5803  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5804  *
5805  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5806  * an -ENODATA.
5807  *
5808  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5809  */
5810 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5811 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5812 
5813 /*
5814  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5815  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5816  */
5817 
5818 /**
5819  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5820  *
5821  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5822  * @info: information about the completed scan
5823  */
5824 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5825 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5826 
5827 /**
5828  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5829  *
5830  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5831  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5832  */
5833 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5834 
5835 /**
5836  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5837  *
5838  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5839  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5840  *
5841  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5842  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5843  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5844  */
5845 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5846 
5847 /**
5848  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5849  *
5850  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5851  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5852  *
5853  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5854  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5855  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5856  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5857  */
5858 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5859 
5860 /**
5861  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5862  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5863  * @data: the BSS metadata
5864  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5865  * @len: length of the management frame
5866  * @gfp: context flags
5867  *
5868  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5869  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5870  *
5871  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5872  * Or %NULL on error.
5873  */
5874 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5875 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5876 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5877 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5878 			       gfp_t gfp);
5879 
5880 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,struct ieee80211_mgmt * mgmt,size_t len,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5881 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5882 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5883 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5884 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5885 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5886 {
5887 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5888 		.chan = rx_channel,
5889 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5890 		.signal = signal,
5891 	};
5892 
5893 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5894 }
5895 
5896 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,struct ieee80211_mgmt * mgmt,size_t len,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5897 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5898 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5899 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5900 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5901 {
5902 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5903 		.chan = rx_channel,
5904 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5905 		.signal = signal,
5906 	};
5907 
5908 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5909 }
5910 
5911 /**
5912  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5913  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5914  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5915  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5916  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5917  */
cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 * bssid,u8 max_bssid,u8 mbssid_index,u8 * new_bssid)5918 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5919 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5920 {
5921 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5922 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5923 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5924 
5925 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5926 
5927 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5928 
5929 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5930 }
5931 
5932 /**
5933  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5934  * @element: element to check
5935  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5936  */
5937 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5938 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5939 
5940 /**
5941  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5942  * @ie: ies
5943  * @ielen: length of IEs
5944  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5945  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5946  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5947  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5948  */
5949 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5950 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5951 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5952 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5953 
5954 /**
5955  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5956  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5957  *	from a beacon or probe response
5958  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5959  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5960  */
5961 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5962 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5963 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5964 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5965 };
5966 
5967 /**
5968  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5969  *
5970  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5971  * @data: the BSS metadata
5972  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5973  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5974  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5975  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5976  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5977  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5978  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5979  * @gfp: context flags
5980  *
5981  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5982  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5983  *
5984  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5985  * Or %NULL on error.
5986  */
5987 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5988 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5989 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5990 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5991 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5992 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5993 			 gfp_t gfp);
5994 
5995 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,const u8 * bssid,u64 tsf,u16 capability,u16 beacon_interval,const u8 * ie,size_t ielen,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)5996 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5997 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5998 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5999 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6000 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6001 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6002 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6003 {
6004 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6005 		.chan = rx_channel,
6006 		.scan_width = scan_width,
6007 		.signal = signal,
6008 	};
6009 
6010 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6011 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6012 					gfp);
6013 }
6014 
6015 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * rx_channel,enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,const u8 * bssid,u64 tsf,u16 capability,u16 beacon_interval,const u8 * ie,size_t ielen,s32 signal,gfp_t gfp)6016 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6017 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
6018 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
6019 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
6020 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
6021 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
6022 {
6023 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
6024 		.chan = rx_channel,
6025 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
6026 		.signal = signal,
6027 	};
6028 
6029 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
6030 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
6031 					gfp);
6032 }
6033 
6034 /**
6035  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
6036  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6037  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
6038  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
6039  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
6040  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
6041  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
6042  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
6043  */
6044 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6045 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6046 				      const u8 *bssid,
6047 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
6048 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
6049 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
6050 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct ieee80211_channel * channel,const u8 * ssid,size_t ssid_len)6051 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6052 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
6053 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
6054 {
6055 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
6056 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
6057 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
6058 }
6059 
6060 /**
6061  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
6062  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6063  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
6064  *
6065  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6066  */
6067 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6068 
6069 /**
6070  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
6071  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6072  * @bss: the BSS struct
6073  *
6074  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6075  */
6076 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6077 
6078 /**
6079  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6080  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6081  * @bss: the bss to remove
6082  *
6083  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6084  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6085  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6086  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6087  */
6088 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6089 
6090 /**
6091  * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6092  *
6093  * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6094  * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6095  * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6096  *
6097  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6098  * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6099  *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6100  * @iter: the iterator function to call
6101  * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6102  */
6103 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6104 		       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6105 		       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6106 				    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6107 				    void *data),
6108 		       void *iter_data);
6109 
6110 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)6111 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
6112 {
6113 	switch (chandef->width) {
6114 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
6115 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
6116 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
6117 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
6118 	default:
6119 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
6120 	}
6121 }
6122 
6123 /**
6124  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6125  * @dev: network device
6126  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6127  * @len: length of the frame data
6128  *
6129  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6130  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6131  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6132  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6133  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6134  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6135  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6136  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6137  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6138  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6139  *
6140  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6141  */
6142 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6143 
6144 /**
6145  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6146  * @dev: network device
6147  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6148  *
6149  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6150  * mutex.
6151  */
6152 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
6153 
6154 /**
6155  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6156  * @dev: network device
6157  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6158  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
6159  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6160  * @len: length of the frame data
6161  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6162  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6163  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6164  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6165  *
6166  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6167  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6168  *
6169  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6170  */
6171 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
6172 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
6173 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
6174 			    int uapsd_queues,
6175 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
6176 
6177 /**
6178  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6179  * @dev: network device
6180  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6181  *
6182  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6183  */
6184 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6185 
6186 /**
6187  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6188  * @dev: network device
6189  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6190  *
6191  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6192  * an association attempt was abandoned.
6193  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6194  */
6195 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
6196 
6197 /**
6198  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6199  * @dev: network device
6200  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6201  * @len: length of the frame data
6202  *
6203  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6204  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6205  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6206  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6207  */
6208 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6209 
6210 /**
6211  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6212  * @dev: network device
6213  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
6214  * @len: length of the frame data
6215  *
6216  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6217  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6218  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
6219  */
6220 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
6221 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
6222 
6223 /**
6224  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6225  * @dev: network device
6226  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6227  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6228  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6229  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6230  * @gfp: allocation flags
6231  *
6232  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6233  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6234  * primitive.
6235  */
6236 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6237 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6238 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6239 
6240 /**
6241  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6242  *
6243  * @dev: network device
6244  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6245  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6246  * @gfp: allocation flags
6247  *
6248  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6249  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6250  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6251  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6252  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6253  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6254  */
6255 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6256 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6257 
6258 /**
6259  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6260  *
6261  * @dev: network device
6262  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6263  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6264  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6265  * @gfp: allocation flags
6266  *
6267  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6268  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6269  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6270  */
6271 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6272 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6273 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6274 
6275 /**
6276  * DOC: RFkill integration
6277  *
6278  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6279  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6280  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6281  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6282  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6283  *
6284  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6285  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6286  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6287  */
6288 
6289 /**
6290  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6291  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6292  * @blocked: block status
6293  */
6294 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6295 
6296 /**
6297  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6298  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6299  */
6300 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6301 
6302 /**
6303  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6304  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6305  */
6306 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6307 
6308 /**
6309  * DOC: Vendor commands
6310  *
6311  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6312  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6313  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6314  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6315  * the configuration mechanism.
6316  *
6317  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6318  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6319  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6320  *
6321  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6322  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6323  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6324  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6325  * managers etc. need.
6326  */
6327 
6328 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6329 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6330 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6331 					   int approxlen);
6332 
6333 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6334 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6335 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6336 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6337 					   unsigned int portid,
6338 					   int vendor_event_idx,
6339 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6340 
6341 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6342 
6343 /**
6344  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6345  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6346  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6347  *	be put into the skb
6348  *
6349  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6350  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6351  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6352  *
6353  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6354  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6355  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6356  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6357  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6358  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6359  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6360  *
6361  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6362  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6363  *
6364  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6365  */
6366 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen)6367 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6368 {
6369 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6370 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6371 }
6372 
6373 /**
6374  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6375  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6376  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6377  *
6378  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6379  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6380  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
6381  * skb regardless of the return value.
6382  *
6383  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6384  */
6385 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6386 
6387 /**
6388  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6389  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6390  *
6391  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6392  * Valid to call only there.
6393  */
6394 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6395 
6396 /**
6397  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6398  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6399  * @wdev: the wireless device
6400  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6401  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6402  *	be put into the skb
6403  * @gfp: allocation flags
6404  *
6405  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6406  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6407  *
6408  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6409  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6410  * attribute.
6411  *
6412  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6413  * skb to send the event.
6414  *
6415  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6416  */
6417 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct wireless_dev * wdev,int approxlen,int event_idx,gfp_t gfp)6418 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6419 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6420 {
6421 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6422 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6423 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6424 }
6425 
6426 /**
6427  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6428  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6429  * @wdev: the wireless device
6430  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6431  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6432  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6433  *	be put into the skb
6434  * @gfp: allocation flags
6435  *
6436  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6437  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6438  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6439  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6440  *
6441  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6442  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6443  * attribute.
6444  *
6445  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6446  * skb to send the event.
6447  *
6448  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6449  */
6450 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy * wiphy,struct wireless_dev * wdev,unsigned int portid,int approxlen,int event_idx,gfp_t gfp)6451 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6452 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6453 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6454 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6455 {
6456 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6457 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6458 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6459 }
6460 
6461 /**
6462  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6463  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6464  * @gfp: allocation flags
6465  *
6466  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6467  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6468  */
cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff * skb,gfp_t gfp)6469 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6470 {
6471 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6472 }
6473 
6474 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6475 /**
6476  * DOC: Test mode
6477  *
6478  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6479  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6480  * factory programming.
6481  *
6482  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6483  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6484  */
6485 
6486 /**
6487  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6488  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6489  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6490  *	be put into the skb
6491  *
6492  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6493  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6494  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6495  *
6496  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6497  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6498  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6499  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6500  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6501  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6502  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6503  *
6504  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6505  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6506  *
6507  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6508  */
6509 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen)6510 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6511 {
6512 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6513 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6514 }
6515 
6516 /**
6517  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6518  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6519  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6520  *
6521  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6522  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6523  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6524  * regardless of the return value.
6525  *
6526  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6527  */
cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff * skb)6528 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6529 {
6530 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6531 }
6532 
6533 /**
6534  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6535  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6536  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6537  *	be put into the skb
6538  * @gfp: allocation flags
6539  *
6540  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6541  * testmode multicast group.
6542  *
6543  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6544  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6545  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6546  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6547  * in any other way.
6548  *
6549  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6550  * skb to send the event.
6551  *
6552  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6553  */
6554 static inline struct sk_buff *
cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy * wiphy,int approxlen,gfp_t gfp)6555 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6556 {
6557 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6558 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6559 					  approxlen, gfp);
6560 }
6561 
6562 /**
6563  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6564  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6565  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6566  * @gfp: allocation flags
6567  *
6568  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6569  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6570  * consumes it.
6571  */
cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff * skb,gfp_t gfp)6572 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6573 {
6574 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6575 }
6576 
6577 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6578 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6579 #else
6580 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6581 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6582 #endif
6583 
6584 /**
6585  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6586  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6587  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6588  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6589  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6590  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6591  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6592  *	status for a FILS connection.
6593  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6594  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6595  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6596  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6597  */
6598 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6599 	const u8 *kek;
6600 	size_t kek_len;
6601 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6602 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6603 	const u8 *pmk;
6604 	size_t pmk_len;
6605 	const u8 *pmkid;
6606 };
6607 
6608 /**
6609  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6610  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6611  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6612  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6613  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6614  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6615  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6616  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6617  *	case.
6618  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6619  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6620  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6621  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6622  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6623  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6624  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6625  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6626  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6627  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6628  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6629  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6630  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6631  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6632  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6633  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6634  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6635  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6636  */
6637 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6638 	int status;
6639 	const u8 *bssid;
6640 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6641 	const u8 *req_ie;
6642 	size_t req_ie_len;
6643 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6644 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6645 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6646 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6647 };
6648 
6649 /**
6650  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6651  *
6652  * @dev: network device
6653  * @params: connection response parameters
6654  * @gfp: allocation flags
6655  *
6656  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6657  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6658  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6659  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6660  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6661  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6662  */
6663 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6664 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6665 			   gfp_t gfp);
6666 
6667 /**
6668  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6669  *
6670  * @dev: network device
6671  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6672  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6673  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6674  *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6675  *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6676  *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6677  *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6678  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6679  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6680  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6681  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6682  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6683  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6684  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6685  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6686  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6687  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6688  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6689  *	case.
6690  * @gfp: allocation flags
6691  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6692  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6693  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6694  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6695  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6696  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6697  *
6698  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6699  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6700  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6701  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6702  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6703  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6704  */
6705 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,struct cfg80211_bss * bss,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,const u8 * resp_ie,size_t resp_ie_len,int status,gfp_t gfp,enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)6706 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6707 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6708 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6709 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6710 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6711 {
6712 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6713 
6714 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6715 	params.status = status;
6716 	params.bssid = bssid;
6717 	params.bss = bss;
6718 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6719 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6720 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6721 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6722 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6723 
6724 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6725 }
6726 
6727 /**
6728  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6729  *
6730  * @dev: network device
6731  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6732  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6733  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6734  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6735  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6736  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6737  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6738  *	the real status code for failures.
6739  * @gfp: allocation flags
6740  *
6741  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6742  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6743  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6744  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6745  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6746  */
6747 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,const u8 * resp_ie,size_t resp_ie_len,u16 status,gfp_t gfp)6748 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6749 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6750 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6751 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6752 {
6753 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6754 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6755 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6756 }
6757 
6758 /**
6759  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6760  *
6761  * @dev: network device
6762  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6763  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6764  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6765  * @gfp: allocation flags
6766  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6767  *
6768  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6769  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6770  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6771  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6772  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6773  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6774  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6775  */
6776 static inline void
cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * bssid,const u8 * req_ie,size_t req_ie_len,gfp_t gfp,enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)6777 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6778 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6779 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6780 {
6781 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6782 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6783 }
6784 
6785 /**
6786  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6787  *
6788  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6789  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6790  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6791  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6792  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6793  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6794  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6795  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6796  */
6797 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6798 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6799 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6800 	const u8 *bssid;
6801 	const u8 *req_ie;
6802 	size_t req_ie_len;
6803 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6804 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6805 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6806 };
6807 
6808 /**
6809  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6810  *
6811  * @dev: network device
6812  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6813  * @gfp: allocation flags
6814  *
6815  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6816  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6817  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6818  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6819  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6820  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6821  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6822  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6823  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6824  * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6825  */
6826 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6827 		     gfp_t gfp);
6828 
6829 /**
6830  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6831  *
6832  * @dev: network device
6833  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6834  * @gfp: allocation flags
6835  *
6836  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6837  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6838  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6839  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6840  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6841  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6842  */
6843 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6844 			      gfp_t gfp);
6845 
6846 /**
6847  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6848  *
6849  * @dev: network device
6850  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6851  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6852  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6853  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6854  * @gfp: allocation flags
6855  *
6856  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6857  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6858  */
6859 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6860 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6861 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6862 
6863 /**
6864  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6865  * @wdev: wireless device
6866  * @cookie: the request cookie
6867  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6868  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6869  *	channel
6870  * @gfp: allocation flags
6871  */
6872 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6873 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6874 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6875 
6876 /**
6877  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6878  * @wdev: wireless device
6879  * @cookie: the request cookie
6880  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6881  * @gfp: allocation flags
6882  */
6883 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6884 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6885 					gfp_t gfp);
6886 
6887 /**
6888  * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6889  * @wdev: wireless device
6890  * @cookie: the requested cookie
6891  * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6892  * @gfp: allocation flags
6893  */
6894 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6895 			      struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6896 
6897 /**
6898  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6899  *
6900  * @sinfo: the station information
6901  * @gfp: allocation flags
6902  */
6903 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6904 
6905 /**
6906  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6907  * @sinfo: the station information
6908  *
6909  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6910  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6911  * the stack.)
6912  */
cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info * sinfo)6913 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6914 {
6915 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6916 }
6917 
6918 /**
6919  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6920  *
6921  * @dev: the netdev
6922  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6923  * @sinfo: the station information
6924  * @gfp: allocation flags
6925  */
6926 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6927 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6928 
6929 /**
6930  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6931  * @dev: the netdev
6932  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6933  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6934  * @gfp: allocation flags
6935  */
6936 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6937 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6938 
6939 /**
6940  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6941  *
6942  * @dev: the netdev
6943  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6944  * @gfp: allocation flags
6945  */
cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device * dev,const u8 * mac_addr,gfp_t gfp)6946 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6947 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6948 {
6949 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6950 }
6951 
6952 /**
6953  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6954  *
6955  * @dev: the netdev
6956  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6957  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6958  * @gfp: allocation flags
6959  *
6960  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6961  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6962  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6963  *
6964  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6965  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6966  */
6967 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6968 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6969 			  gfp_t gfp);
6970 
6971 /**
6972  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6973  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6974  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6975  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6976  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6977  * @len: length of the frame data
6978  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6979  *
6980  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6981  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6982  *
6983  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6984  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6985  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6986  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6987  */
6988 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6989 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6990 
6991 /**
6992  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6993  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6994  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6995  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6996  * @len: length of the frame data
6997  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6998  * @gfp: context flags
6999  *
7000  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
7001  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
7002  * transmission attempt.
7003  */
7004 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
7005 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
7006 
7007 
7008 /**
7009  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
7010  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7011  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
7012  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
7013  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
7014  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
7015  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
7016  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
7017  *
7018  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
7019  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
7020  * control port frames over nl80211.
7021  *
7022  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
7023  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
7024  *
7025  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
7026  */
7027 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
7028 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
7029 
7030 /**
7031  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
7032  * @dev: network device
7033  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
7034  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
7035  * @gfp: context flags
7036  *
7037  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
7038  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
7039  */
7040 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7041 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
7042 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
7043 
7044 /**
7045  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
7046  * @dev: network device
7047  * @peer: peer's MAC address
7048  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
7049  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
7050  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
7051  * @gfp: context flags
7052  */
7053 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7054 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
7055 
7056 /**
7057  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
7058  * @dev: network device
7059  * @peer: peer's MAC address
7060  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
7061  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
7062  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
7063  * @gfp: context flags
7064  *
7065  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
7066  * given interval is exceeded.
7067  */
7068 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7069 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
7070 
7071 /**
7072  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
7073  * @dev: network device
7074  * @gfp: context flags
7075  *
7076  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7077  */
7078 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
7079 
7080 /**
7081  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7082  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7083  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7084  * @gfp: context flags
7085  *
7086  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7087  */
7088 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7089 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
7090 
7091 /**
7092  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7093  * @dev: network device
7094  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7095  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7096  * @gfp: context flags
7097  *
7098  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7099  * frame.
7100  */
7101 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
7102 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
7103 				       gfp_t gfp);
7104 
7105 /**
7106  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7107  * @netdev: network device
7108  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7109  * @event: type of event
7110  * @gfp: context flags
7111  *
7112  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7113  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7114  * also by full-MAC drivers.
7115  */
7116 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7117 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7118 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
7119 
7120 
7121 /**
7122  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7123  * @dev: network device
7124  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7125  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7126  * @gfp: allocation flags
7127  */
7128 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
7129 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
7130 
7131 /**
7132  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7133  * @dev: network device
7134  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7135  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7136  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7137  * @gfp: allocation flags
7138  */
7139 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
7140 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
7141 
7142 /**
7143  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7144  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7145  * @addr: the transmitter address
7146  * @gfp: context flags
7147  *
7148  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7149  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7150  * sender.
7151  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7152  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7153  */
7154 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7155 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7156 
7157 /**
7158  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7159  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7160  * @addr: the transmitter address
7161  * @gfp: context flags
7162  *
7163  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7164  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7165  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7166  * station to avoid event flooding.
7167  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7168  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7169  */
7170 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
7171 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
7172 
7173 /**
7174  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7175  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7176  * @addr: the address of the peer
7177  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7178  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7179  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7180  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7181  * @gfp: allocation flags
7182  */
7183 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
7184 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
7185 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
7186 
7187 /**
7188  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7189  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7190  * @frame: the frame
7191  * @len: length of the frame
7192  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7193  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7194  *
7195  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7196  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7197  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7198  */
7199 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7200 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
7201 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
7202 
7203 /**
7204  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7205  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7206  * @chandef: the channel definition
7207  * @iftype: interface type
7208  *
7209  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7210  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7211  */
7212 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7213 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7214 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7215 
7216 /**
7217  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7218  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7219  * @chandef: the channel definition
7220  * @iftype: interface type
7221  *
7222  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7223  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7224  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7225  * more permissive conditions.
7226  *
7227  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7228  */
7229 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7230 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7231 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7232 
7233 /*
7234  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7235  * @dev: the device which switched channels
7236  * @chandef: the new channel definition
7237  *
7238  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7239  * driver context!
7240  */
7241 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7242 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7243 
7244 /*
7245  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7246  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7247  * @chandef: the future channel definition
7248  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7249  *
7250  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7251  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7252  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7253  */
7254 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7255 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7256 				       u8 count);
7257 
7258 /**
7259  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7260  *
7261  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7262  * @band: band pointer to fill
7263  *
7264  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7265  */
7266 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7267 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
7268 
7269 /**
7270  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7271  *
7272  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7273  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7274  *
7275  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7276  */
7277 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7278 					  u8 *op_class);
7279 
7280 /**
7281  * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
7282  *
7283  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7284  *
7285  * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
7286  */
7287 static inline u32
ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def * chandef)7288 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
7289 {
7290 	return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
7291 }
7292 
7293 /*
7294  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7295  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7296  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7297  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7298  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7299  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7300  * @gfp: allocation flags
7301  *
7302  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7303  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7304  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7305  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7306  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7307  */
7308 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7309 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7310 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7311 
7312 /*
7313  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7314  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7315  *
7316  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7317  */
7318 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7319 
7320 /**
7321  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7322  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7323  *
7324  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7325  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7326  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7327  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7328  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7329  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7330  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7331  *
7332  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7333  */
7334 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7335 
7336 /**
7337  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7338  * @ies: FT IEs
7339  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7340  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7341  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7342  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7343  */
7344 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7345 	const u8 *ies;
7346 	size_t ies_len;
7347 	const u8 *target_ap;
7348 	const u8 *ric_ies;
7349 	size_t ric_ies_len;
7350 };
7351 
7352 /**
7353  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7354  * @netdev: network device
7355  * @ft_event: IE information
7356  */
7357 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7358 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7359 
7360 /**
7361  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7362  * @ies: the input IE buffer
7363  * @len: the input length
7364  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7365  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7366  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7367  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7368  *
7369  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7370  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7371  *
7372  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7373  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7374  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7375  */
7376 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7377 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7378 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7379 
7380 /**
7381  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7382  * @ies: the IE buffer
7383  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7384  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7385  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7386  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7387  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7388  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7389  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7390  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7391  *
7392  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7393  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7394  * split.
7395  *
7396  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7397  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7398  *
7399  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7400  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7401  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7402  *
7403  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7404  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7405  * of the buffer should be used.
7406  */
7407 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7408 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7409 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7410 			      size_t offset);
7411 
7412 /**
7413  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7414  * @ies: the IE buffer
7415  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7416  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7417  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7418  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7419  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7420  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7421  *
7422  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7423  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7424  * split.
7425  *
7426  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7427  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7428  *
7429  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7430  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7431  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7432  *
7433  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7434  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7435  * of the buffer should be used.
7436  */
ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 * ies,size_t ielen,const u8 * ids,int n_ids,size_t offset)7437 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7438 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7439 {
7440 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7441 }
7442 
7443 /**
7444  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7445  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7446  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7447  * @gfp: allocation flags
7448  *
7449  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7450  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7451  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7452  * else caused the wakeup.
7453  */
7454 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7455 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7456 				   gfp_t gfp);
7457 
7458 /**
7459  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7460  *
7461  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7462  * @gfp: allocation flags
7463  *
7464  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7465  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7466  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7467  */
7468 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7469 
7470 /**
7471  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7472  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7473  *
7474  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7475  */
7476 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7477 
7478 /**
7479  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7480  *
7481  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7482  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7483  *
7484  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7485  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7486  * the interface combinations.
7487  */
7488 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7489 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7490 
7491 /**
7492  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7493  *
7494  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7495  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7496  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7497  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7498  *
7499  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7500  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7501  * purposes.
7502  */
7503 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7504 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7505 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7506 					    void *data),
7507 			       void *data);
7508 
7509 /*
7510  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7511  *
7512  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7513  * @wdev: wireless device
7514  * @gfp: context flags
7515  *
7516  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7517  * disconnected.
7518  *
7519  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7520  */
7521 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7522 			 gfp_t gfp);
7523 
7524 /**
7525  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7526  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7527  *
7528  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7529  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7530  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7531  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7532  *
7533  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7534  * the driver while the function is running.
7535  */
7536 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7537 
7538 /**
7539  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7540  *
7541  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7542  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7543  *
7544  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7545  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7546  */
wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy * wiphy,enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)7547 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7548 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7549 {
7550 	u8 *ft_byte;
7551 
7552 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7553 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7554 }
7555 
7556 /**
7557  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7558  *
7559  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7560  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7561  *
7562  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7563  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7564  */
7565 static inline bool
wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy * wiphy,enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)7566 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7567 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7568 {
7569 	u8 ft_byte;
7570 
7571 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7572 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7573 }
7574 
7575 /**
7576  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7577  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7578  *
7579  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7580  */
7581 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7582 
7583 /**
7584  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7585  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7586  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7587  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7588  *	 result.
7589  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7590  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7591  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7592  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7593  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7594  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7595  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7596  */
7597 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7598 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7599 	u8 inst_id;
7600 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7601 	const u8 *addr;
7602 	u8 info_len;
7603 	const u8 *info;
7604 	u64 cookie;
7605 };
7606 
7607 /**
7608  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7609  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7610  * @match: match notification parameters
7611  * @gfp: allocation flags
7612  *
7613  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7614  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7615  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7616  */
7617 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7618 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7619 
7620 /**
7621  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7622  *
7623  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7624  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7625  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7626  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7627  * @gfp: allocation flags
7628  *
7629  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7630  */
7631 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7632 				  u8 inst_id,
7633 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7634 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7635 
7636 /* ethtool helper */
7637 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7638 
7639 /**
7640  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7641  * @netdev: network device
7642  * @params: External authentication parameters
7643  * @gfp: allocation flags
7644  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7645  */
7646 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7647 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7648 				   gfp_t gfp);
7649 
7650 /**
7651  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7652  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7653  * @req: the original measurement request
7654  * @result: the result data
7655  * @gfp: allocation flags
7656  */
7657 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7658 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7659 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7660 			  gfp_t gfp);
7661 
7662 /**
7663  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7664  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7665  * @req: the original measurement request
7666  * @gfp: allocation flags
7667  *
7668  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7669  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7670  */
7671 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7672 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7673 			    gfp_t gfp);
7674 
7675 /**
7676  * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7677  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7678  * @iftype: interface type
7679  * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7680  * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7681  *
7682  * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7683  * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7684  * check_swif is '1'.
7685  */
7686 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7687 			     bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7688 
7689 
7690 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7691 
7692 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7693 
7694 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7695 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7696 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7697 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7698 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7699 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7700 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7701 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7702 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7703 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7704 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7705 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7706 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7707 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7708 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7709 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7710 
7711 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7712 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7713 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7714 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7715 
7716 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7717 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7718 
7719 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7720 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7721 
7722 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7723 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7724 #else
7725 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7726 ({									\
7727 	if (0)								\
7728 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7729 	0;								\
7730 })
7731 #endif
7732 
7733 /*
7734  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7735  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7736  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7737  */
7738 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7739 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7740 
7741 /**
7742  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7743  * @netdev: network device
7744  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7745  * @gfp: allocation flags
7746  */
7747 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7748 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7749 				    gfp_t gfp);
7750 
7751 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7752